01.07.2014 Views

Early Literacy Interim Report

Early Literacy Interim Report

Early Literacy Interim Report

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Procurement Management Division<br />

Wednesday, June 20, 2012<br />

Mr. Reynaldo Alemany, President<br />

Alemany Building Solutions, Corp<br />

7941 SW 14 th Terrace<br />

Miami, FL 33144<br />

(786) 350-6909 FAX (305) 269 4685<br />

Rey.alemany@alemanybs.com<br />

Re: ITB 2012-09 CITY HALL COMPLEX FIRE ALARM SYSTEM<br />

Dear Mr. Alemany:<br />

This is to advise you that the City Council of North Miami Beach Florida, meeting in session on Tuesday, June 5,<br />

2012, has awarded you the City Hall Complex fire alarm system bid per Resolution No. R2012-47 herein attached.<br />

This award was in accordance with the Invitation to Bid, General and Special Conditions, Technical Specifications,<br />

Drawings, attached Agreement and your proposal.<br />

In accordance with Section 2.3 of the Bid document, please submit your 100% Payment, Performance and Warranty<br />

Bonds.<br />

Please initial all pages of attached agreement and sign. In accordance with Section 1.57 of the Bid document, include<br />

also a Certificate of Insurance. In the description of operations section please include: "The Certificate Holder is an<br />

additional named insured in accordance with ITB No. 2012-09 CITY HALL COMPLEX FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.<br />

Please submit the above-mentioned documents no later than the end of business day July 1, 2012.<br />

If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (305) 948-2946. We look forward to doing business with<br />

your firm.<br />

Sincerely,<br />

Brian K. O’Connor<br />

Chief Procurement Officer<br />

City of North Miami Beach<br />

17011 N.E. 19 th Avenue • North Miami Beach, Florida 33162-3100 • (305) 948-2946 • FAX (305) 957-3522<br />

www.citynmb.com


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

____________________________<br />

Company Submitting Bid<br />

INVITATION TO BID<br />

ITB NO: 2012-09<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

TITLE:<br />

CITY HALL COMPLEX FIRE ALARM SYSTEM<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

ADVERTISEMENT: March 23, 2012<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

NON-MANDATORY March 30, 2012 TIME: 9:00AM<br />

PRE-BID MEETING CITY HALL AT CITY OF NORTH MIAMI BEACH<br />

AND SITES VISIT<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

FINAL QUESTIONS: March 17, 2012 at 2:PM<br />

_______________________________________________________________________<br />

DUE DATE:<br />

April 24, 2012 TIME: 2:00PM<br />

____________________________________________________________________________<br />

SUBMIT TO:<br />

CITY OF NORTH MIAMI BEACH PROCUREMENT<br />

MANAGEMENT DIVISION. Attn: Brian K. O’Connor<br />

17011 NORTH EAST 19th AVENUE,<br />

ROOM 315<br />

NORTH MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA 33162<br />

___________________________________________________________________________<br />

REVIEW COMMITEE<br />

MEETING:<br />

April 27, 2012 TIME: 2:00PM<br />

__________________________________________________________________________<br />

COUNCIL APPROVAL May 15, 2012<br />

___________________________________________________________________________<br />

BONDS:<br />

5% BID BOND 100% PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND<br />

Page 1 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

CONTENTS<br />

SECTION 1.0 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS ................................................................................... 6<br />

1.1 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 6<br />

1.2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ............................................................................................................. 7<br />

1.3 CONE OF SILENCE AND REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .................................... 8<br />

1.4 BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................. 8<br />

1.5 PREPARATION OF BIDS ....................................................................................................................... 8<br />

1.6 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES .............................................................................................................. 9<br />

1.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS .......................................................................................................................... 9<br />

1.8 ADDENDA ................................................................................................................................................ 9<br />

1.9 REJECTION OF BIDS ............................................................................................................................. 9<br />

1.10 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS ...................................................................................................................... 10<br />

1.11 LATE BIDS OR MODIFICATIONS ....................................................................................................... 10<br />

1.12 CONFLICTS WITHIN THE BID SOLICITATION ................................................................................ 10<br />

1.13 CLARIFICATION OR OBJECTION TO BID SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................... 10<br />

1.14 INVOICING/PAYMENT ......................................................................................................................... 10<br />

1.15 DISCOUNTS........................................................................................................................................... 10<br />

1.16 COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS ............................................................................................................. 11<br />

1.17 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................. 11<br />

1.18 EMPLOYEES ......................................................................................................................................... 11<br />

1.19 AWARD OF BID ..................................................................................................................................... 12<br />

1.20 BID PROTESTS ..................................................................................................................................... 12<br />

1.21 AGREEMENT ......................................................................................................................................... 13<br />

1.22 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS .................................................................................................... 13<br />

1.23 SUBCONTRACTING ............................................................................................................................. 13<br />

1.24 ASSIGNMENT ........................................................................................................................................ 13<br />

1.25 LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS .............................................. 13<br />

1.26 FRAUD AND MISREPRESENTATION ............................................................................................... 13<br />

1.27 COLLUSION ........................................................................................................................................... 14<br />

1.28 MAINTAINING BID STATUS ................................................................................................................ 14<br />

1.29 PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS ........................................................................................................... 14<br />

1.30 PUBLIC RECORDS LAW ..................................................................................................................... 14<br />

1.31 INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................................... 14<br />

1.32 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL ............................................................................................................... 14<br />

1.33 CONFLICT IN SPECIFICATIONS ....................................................................................................... 14<br />

1.34 EXCEPTIONS TO PROPOSAL ........................................................................................................... 15<br />

1.35 NOTICE TO PROCEED ........................................................................................................................ 15<br />

1.36 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT ......................................................... 15<br />

1.37 COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK" .......................................................................................................... 15<br />

1.38 CONFLICT OF LAW .............................................................................................................................. 15<br />

1.39 INTERPRETATION OF THE APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES .......................................................... 15<br />

1.40 QUANTITIES .......................................................................................................................................... 15<br />

1.41 DELIVERY, INSPECTION & TITLE ..................................................................................................... 16<br />

1.42 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................................................... 16<br />

1.43 DURATION OF AGREEMENT ............................................................................................................. 16<br />

1.44 CLAIMS ................................................................................................................................................... 16<br />

1.45 CONTRACT RENEWAL ....................................................................................................................... 16<br />

1.46 MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT ........................................................................................................ 16<br />

Page 2 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 3 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

1.47 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) ..................................................................................... 16<br />

1.48 CONDITION OF MATERIALS AND PACKAGING ............................................................................ 16<br />

1.49 SAMPLES ............................................................................................................................................... 16<br />

1.50 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES .................................................................................................................... 17<br />

1.51 DISCRIMINATION ................................................................................................................................. 17<br />

1.52 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE PROGRAM ........................................................................................... 17<br />

1.53 SOLICITATION, GIVING, AND ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS POLICY .............................................. 17<br />

1.54 PURCHASING AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES .............................. 17<br />

1.55 ACCESS TO RECORDS ...................................................................................................................... 17<br />

1.56 GREEN PROCUREMENT POLICY .................................................................................................... 17<br />

1.57 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................... 20<br />

1.58 CITY WEBSITE ...................................................................................................................................... 21<br />

1.59 DISCLAIMER .......................................................................................................................................... 21<br />

1.60 CONFIDENTIALITY ............................................................................................................................... 21<br />

1.61 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE ................................................................................................................. 21<br />

1.62 NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT ........................................................................................................ 22<br />

1.63 PAYMENT FOR SERVICES/AMOUNT OBLIGATED ....................................................................... 22<br />

1.64 PRICING ................................................................................................................................................. 22<br />

1.65 GUARANTEE ......................................................................................................................................... 22<br />

1.66 MANNER OF PERFORMANCE ........................................................................................................... 23<br />

1.67 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP ........................................................................... 23<br />

1.68 AUTHORITY OF THE CITY’S PROJECT MANAGER ...................................................................... 23<br />

1.69 MUTUAL OBLIGATIONS ...................................................................................................................... 24<br />

1.70 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY ASSURANCE RECORD KEEPING ....................................... 24<br />

1.71 AUDITS ................................................................................................................................................... 25<br />

1.72 SUBSTITUTION OF PERSONNEL ..................................................................................................... 25<br />

1.73 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS ..................................................................................................... 25<br />

1.74 ASSUMPTION, PARAMETERS, PROJECTIONS, ESTIMATES AND EXPLANATIONS ......... 26<br />

1.75 SEVERABILITY ...................................................................................................................................... 26<br />

1.76 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND SUSPENSION OF WORK........................................ 26<br />

1.77 EVENT OF DEFAULT ........................................................................................................................... 27<br />

1.78 REMEDIES IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT ........................................................................................ 27<br />

1.79 PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INDEMNIFICATION ............................................................................ 28<br />

1.80 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION ......................................................................................................... 28<br />

1.81 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS ...................................................................................................................... 29<br />

1.82 BUSINESS APPLICATION AND FORMS .......................................................................................... 29<br />

1.83 LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS ............................................. 30<br />

1.84 NONDISCRIMINATION ........................................................................................................................ 30<br />

1.85 CONFLICT OF INTEREST ................................................................................................................... 30<br />

1.86 PRESS RELEASE OR OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATION ......................................................... 31<br />

1.87 BANKRUPTCY ....................................................................................................................................... 31<br />

1.88 GOVERNING LAW ................................................................................................................................ 32<br />

1.89 SURVIVAL .............................................................................................................................................. 32<br />

1.90 CANCELLATION FOR UNAPPROPRIATED FUNDS ...................................................................... 32<br />

1.91 ASBESTOS STATEMENT .................................................................................................................... 32<br />

1.92 VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS PROCEDURE ......................................................................................... 32<br />

1.93 COST ADJUSTMENTS ......................................................................................................................... 32<br />

1.94 PROHIBITION OF INTEREST ............................................................................................................. 32<br />

1.95 NO CONTINGENT FEES ...................................................................................................................... 33<br />

1.96 E-VERIFY ................................................................................................................................................ 33<br />

1.97 FORCE MAJEURE ................................................................................................................................ 33<br />

1.98 BUDGETARY CONSTRAINTS ............................................................................................................ 33


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 4 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

1.99 ANNEXATION ........................................................................................................................................ 33<br />

1.99 A.LITIGATION VENUE .......................................................................................................................... 33<br />

1.99 B.SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY .................................................................................................................. 33<br />

2.1 QUESTIONS REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................ 34<br />

2.2 BID GUARANTY .................................................................................................................................... 34<br />

2.3 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT, AND MAINTENANCE BONDS ....................................................... 34<br />

2.4 VARIATIONS, CONTRADICTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS .......................................................... 34<br />

2.5 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY ................................................................................................. 34<br />

2.6 LICENSES .............................................................................................................................................. 35<br />

2.7 AWARD OF CONTRACT ...................................................................................................................... 35<br />

2.8 BID TIMETABLE .................................................................................................................................... 35<br />

2.9 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING ..................................................................................................... 35<br />

2.10 NOTICE TO PROCEED ........................................................................................................................ 36<br />

2.11 MATERIALS, INSPECTION, AND RESPONSIBILITY ..................................................................... 36<br />

2.12 PROGRESS MEETINGS ...................................................................................................................... 36<br />

2.13 PROGRESS PAYMENTS ..................................................................................................................... 36<br />

2.14 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ............................................................................................................ 37<br />

2.15 FINAL COMPLETION............................................................................................................................ 37<br />

2.16 SUBCONTRACTS ................................................................................................................................. 37<br />

2.17 SUPERVISION ....................................................................................................................................... 37<br />

2.18 PERMITS ................................................................................................................................................ 37<br />

2.19 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY ........................................................................................................... 37<br />

2.20 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................................................... 37<br />

2.2 FINAL ACCEPTANCE ........................................................................................................................... 37<br />

2.23 SAFETY .................................................................................................................................................. 38<br />

2.24 ASBESTOS............................................................................................................................................. 38<br />

2.25 TRAINING ............................................................................................................................................... 38<br />

2.26 MANUALS .............................................................................................................................................. 38<br />

2.27 CHANGE ORDERS ............................................................................................................................... 38<br />

2.28 CLEAN UP .............................................................................................................................................. 38<br />

2.29 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ................................................................................................................. 38<br />

2.30 CONTRACT TIME/LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .................................................................................... 38<br />

2.31 CONTRACTORS REPRESENTATIONS ........................................................................................... 39<br />

SECTION 3.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................. 40<br />

3.1 BACKGROUND ..................................................................................................................................... 40<br />

3.2 SCOPE .................................................................................................................................................... 40<br />

3.3 PLANS ..................................................................................................................................................... 41<br />

3.4 SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................... ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.<br />

SECTION 4.0 2012-09 BID PAGE ................................................................................................................... 42<br />

SECTION 5.0 CITY REQUIRED FORMS ........................................................................................................ 50<br />

5.1 STATEMENT OF “NO” BID................................................................................................................... 50<br />

5.2 REFERENCE QUESTIONNAIRE ........................................................................................................ 51<br />

5.3 BID SIGNATURE PAGE FOR CORPORATION ................................................................................ 52<br />

5.4 BID SIGNATURE PAGE FOR SOLE PROPRIETOR OR PARTNERSHIP .................................... 53<br />

5.5 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE PROGRAM ........................................................................................... 54<br />

5.6 SOLICITATION, GIVING, AND ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS POLICY .............................................. 55<br />

5.7 VENDOR REGISTRATION .................................................................................................................. 56<br />

5.8 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................................. 57<br />

5.9 SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133 (3) (A) FLORIDA STATUTES ON


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES................................................................................................................................... 58<br />

5.10 SOURCE OF INFORMATION .............................................................................................................. 60<br />

5.11 BID BOND .............................................................................................................................................. 61<br />

5.12 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT BOND PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND<br />

GUARANTEE ....................................................................................................................................................... 62<br />

5.13 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ........................................................................................................... 64<br />

SECTION 6.0 SAMPLE AGREEMENT FOR BIDDER INFORMATION ONLY .......................................... 65<br />

SECTION 7.0 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT............. 67<br />

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS.................................................................................................................. 67<br />

SECTION 8.0 PLANS AND DRAWINGS ....................................................................................................... 68<br />

Page 5 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

SECTION 1.0 GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS<br />

1.1 DEFINITIONS<br />

When used in Contract Documents (defined below) or in related documents, the following terms shall have<br />

the meanings given below:<br />

Addendum: A modification of the Plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents distributed to<br />

prospective Bidders prior to the opening of Bids.<br />

Advertisement for Bids: The public notice inviting the submission of Bids for the work.<br />

Bid: The written offer of a Bidder to perform the work or service.<br />

Bid Bond: A bond executed by a Bidder and its Surety in the attached form guaranteeing that the<br />

Bidder, if awarded the Contract will execute the same and will timely furnish the required Performance<br />

Bond, Payment Bond, and evidence of Insurance.<br />

Bidder: Any individual, firm, partnership or corporation submitting a Bid in accordance with the<br />

Instructions to Bidders.<br />

Bid Documents: The Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Contract,<br />

Performance Bond, Payment Bond, General Conditions, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications<br />

and Plans, together with all Addenda.<br />

Bid Form: The form on which Bids are submitted.<br />

Calendar Day: Everyday shown on the calendar.<br />

Change Order: A written agreement executed by the City, the Contractor and the Contractor’s Surety,<br />

covering modifications to the Contract recommended by the Project Manager and approved by the City<br />

Manager and/or City Council.<br />

Contract: The written agreement between the City and the Contractor for performance of the Work in<br />

accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and for the payment of the agreed<br />

consideration.<br />

Contract Documents: The Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Contract, Performance Bond,<br />

Payment Bond, General Conditions, Special Provisions, Supplemental Provisions, Technical<br />

Specifications and Plans, together with all Addenda, Change Orders, Schedules and Shop Drawings.<br />

Contract Manager: North Miami Beach’s City Manager or his designee or duly authorized<br />

representative designated to manage the Contract.<br />

Contractor: The individual, firm, partnership, corporation or joint venture whose Bid is accepted and<br />

who enters into a Contract with the City of North Miami Beach and who is liable for the acceptable<br />

performance of the work and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to the Work.<br />

Contract Date: The date on which the Agreement is effective.<br />

Contract Time: The number of days allowed for completion of the work. The Contract Time will be<br />

stipulated in the Bid Form, unless extended by a Change Order. All contract time shall be measured in<br />

calendar days.<br />

City: A political subdivision, Incorporated City within Miami-Dade County of the State of Florida, whose<br />

governing body is a City Council consisting of a Mayor, Vice Mayor and five City Council members.<br />

City Manager: The Manager of the City of North Miami Beach, Florida.<br />

Days: Reference made to Days shall mean consecutive calendar days.<br />

Page 6 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Deliverables: All documentation and any items of any nature submitted by the Contractor to the City’s<br />

Project Manager for review and approval in writing pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.<br />

Lessee: Any individual, partnership or corporation having a tenant relationship with the City of North<br />

Miami Beach.<br />

Liquidated Damages: The amount that the Contractor accepts, as stipulated in the Bid Form, which<br />

will be deducted from the Contract Sum for each Calendar day of delay due to a Non-excusable Delay<br />

to be determined by the City’s Contract Administrator.<br />

Notice To Proceed (NTP): The written communication issued by the City to the Contractor directing the<br />

Contractor to begin contract work and establishing the date of commencement of the work.<br />

Owner: The term Owner as used in this Contract shall mean the City of North Miami Beach, but it<br />

excludes the regulatory departments of Development Services, Building Safety, Planning & Zoning,<br />

Development and Regulation (Building and Zoning); City Utilities, Departments of Miami Dade County,<br />

Department of Environmental Resources Management (DERM); Public Works, Water & Sewer, and Fire<br />

Department or their successors.<br />

Performance and Payment Bonds: Bonds executed by the Contractor and his Surety, on the attached<br />

forms, assuring that the Contractor will, in good faith, perform and guarantee the work in full conformity<br />

with the terms of the Contract Documents and will promptly pay all persons supplying the Contractor<br />

with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by the Contractor in the prosecution of the<br />

Work.<br />

Plans: The drawings or reproductions thereof, prepared and sealed by the Architect/Engineer, which<br />

show the locations, character, dimensions and details of the work to be done and which are part of the<br />

Contract Documents.<br />

Project: The construction and services required by the Contract Documents, which includes all labor,<br />

materials, equipment, and services to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s<br />

obligations.<br />

Project Cost: The sum of the construction costs, allowances for contingencies, the total cost of design<br />

professional and related services provided by consultant, and allowances for such other items as<br />

charges of all other professionals and consultants.<br />

Project Manager: The duly authorized representative designated to manage the Project.<br />

Scope of Service: Document which details the work to be performed by the Contractor.<br />

Subcontractor or Sub consultant: Any person, entity, firm or corporation, other than the employees<br />

of the Contractor, who furnishes labor and/or materials, in connection with the Work, whether directly or<br />

indirectly, on behalf of and/or under the direction of the Contractor and whether or not in privity of<br />

Contract with the Contractor.<br />

The words “Work”, “Services”, “Program”, or “Project”: All matters and things required to be done<br />

by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.<br />

The words “Directed”, “Required”, “Permitted”, “Ordered”, “Designated”, “Selected”,<br />

“Prescribed”, or words of like import to mean respectively, the direction, requirement, permission,<br />

order, designation, selection or prescription of the City's Project Manager; and similarly the words<br />

"approved", acceptable", "satisfactory", "equal", "necessary", or words of like import to mean<br />

respectively, approved by, or acceptable or satisfactory to, equal or necessary in the opinion of the<br />

City’s Project Manager. In resolving disputes and in all respects the City Manager’s decision shall be<br />

final.<br />

1.2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS<br />

It is the policy of the City to encourage full and open competition among all available qualified vendors. All<br />

Page 7 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 8 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

vendors regularly engaged in the type of work specified in the Bid Solicitation are encouraged to submit bids.<br />

Vendors may enroll with the City to be included on a mailing list for selected categories of goods and services.<br />

To be eligible for award of a contract (including small purchase orders), Bidders must complete a Vendor<br />

Application. For information and to apply as a vendor, please visit our website at www.citynmb.com to<br />

download an application and submit it to Procurement Management Division, 17011 NE 19 Avenue, Suite 315<br />

North Miami Beach, Florida 33162. To get document, specifications and updates go to www.citynmb.com.<br />

1.3 CONE OF SILENCE AND REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION<br />

“Cone of Silence,” as used herein, means a prohibition on any communication regarding a particular Request<br />

for Proposal (“RFP”), Request for Qualification (“RFQ”) or bid.<br />

Pursuant to Section 2-11.1(t) of the County Code, all Bid solicitations, once advertised and until an award<br />

recommendation has been forwarded to the appropriate authority are under the “Cone of Silence”. Any<br />

communication or inquiries, except for clarification of process or procedure already contained in the solicitation,<br />

are to be made in writing to the attention of the Chief Procurement Officer. Such inquiries or request for<br />

information shall be submitted to the Chief Procurement Officer and shall contain the requester’s name,<br />

address, and telephone number. If transmitted by facsimile, the request should also include a cover sheet with<br />

Bidder’s facsimile number. The request may also be electronically mailed to bids@citynmb.com or mailed to<br />

Procurement Management Division, 17011 NE 19 Avenue, Suite 315, North Miami Beach, Florida 33162.<br />

During Cone of Silence the following is prohibited: Any communication regarding this bid between a potential<br />

vendor, service provider, bidder, lobbyist, or consultant and the City’s professional staff including, but not limited<br />

to City Council, the City Manager and his or her staff. All communication regarding this bid should be sent in<br />

writing only to the Procurement Management Division at bids@citynmb.com.<br />

1.4 BIDDERS RESPONSIBILITIES<br />

Bidders are required to submit their proposals upon the following express conditions:<br />

A. Bidders shall thoroughly examine the drawings, specifications, schedules, instructions and all other<br />

contract documents.<br />

B. Bidders shall make all investigations necessary to thoroughly inform themselves regarding plant and<br />

facilities for delivery of material and equipment as required by the bid conditions. No plea of<br />

ignorance, by the bidder, of conditions that exist or that may hereafter exist as a result of failure or<br />

omission on the part of the bidder to make the necessary examinations and investigations, or failure to<br />

fulfill in every detail the requirements of the contract documents, will be accepted as a basis for varying<br />

the requirements of the City or the compensation due the bidder.<br />

C. Bidders are advised that all City contracts are subject to all legal requirements provided for in the City<br />

of North Miami Beach Purchasing Code and applicable County Ordinances, State Statutes and<br />

Federal Statutes.<br />

1.5 PREPARATION OF BIDS<br />

Bids will be prepared in accordance with the following:<br />

A. Our enclosed Bid Proposal Form is to be used in submitting your bid. NO OTHER FORM WILL BE<br />

ACCEPTED.<br />

B. All information required by the bid form shall be furnished. The bidder shall sign each continuation<br />

sheet (where indicated) on which an entry is made.<br />

C. Unit prices shall be shown and where there is an error in extension of prices, the unit price shall<br />

govern.<br />

D. Alternate bids will not be considered unless authorized in the Invitation to Bid document.<br />

E. Proposed delivery time must be shown in calendar days, which shall include weekends and holidays.


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 9 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The City of North Miami Beach is exempt from payment to its vendors of State of Florida sales tax and,<br />

therefore, such taxes should not be figured into the bid. However, this exemption does not transmit to<br />

suppliers to the City in their (supplier) purchases of goods or services, used in work or goods supplied to<br />

the City. Contractors are responsible for any taxes, sales or otherwise, levied on their purchases,<br />

subcontracts, employment, etc. An exemption certificate will be signed where applicable, upon request.<br />

The City will pay no sales tax.<br />

1.6 DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES<br />

A. Any manufacturer's names, trade names, brand names, or catalog numbers used in these applications<br />

are for the purpose of describing and establishing minimum requirements or level of quality, standards<br />

of performance, and design required, and are in no way intended to prohibit the bidding of other<br />

manufacturers' items of equal material, unless specifications state "NO SUBSTITUTIONS."<br />

B. Bidders must indicate any variances to the specifications, terms, and conditions, no matter how slight.<br />

If variations are not stated in the Proposal, it shall be construed that the bid fully complies with the<br />

Specifications, Terms and Conditions.<br />

C. Bidders are required to state exactly what they intend to furnish; otherwise they shall be required to<br />

furnish the items as specified.<br />

D. Bidders will submit, with their proposal, necessary data (factory information sheets, specifications,<br />

brochures, etc.) to evaluate and determine the quality of the item(s) they are bidding.<br />

E. The City shall be the sole judge of equality and its decision shall be final.<br />

1.7 SUBMISSION OF BIDS<br />

1.8 ADDENDA<br />

A. Bids and Addenda thereto shall be enclosed in sealed envelopes addressed to the Chief Procurement<br />

Officer, Brian K. O’Connor, City of North Miami Beach, 17011 NE 19 Avenue, Room 315, North Miami<br />

Beach, Florida 33162. The name and address of the bidder, the bid number, the date and hour of the<br />

bid opening, and the bid name shall be placed on the outside of the envelope.<br />

B. Bids must be submitted on the forms furnished. E-mailed and facsimile bids will not be considered.<br />

Bids, however, may be modified by telegraphic notice provided such notice is received prior to the time<br />

and date set for the bid opening. Bids shall be dated and time stamped in Room 315 prior to bid<br />

opening. Bidders shall have sole responsibility of insuring delivery of bids on time and to the proper<br />

location.<br />

C. Bidders requesting a copy of the bid tabulation shall include a stamped, self-addressed envelope.<br />

D. Bids should be submitted in duplicate. Submit one original and one copy. Please include in your<br />

proposal package a CD or flash drive containing a copy of the entire original submission and an excel<br />

file containing bid prices. You can download bid page in excel format at www.citynmb.com.<br />

The Procurement Management Division may issue an addendum in response to any inquiry received, prior to<br />

Bid opening, which changes, adds to or clarifies the terms, provisions or requirements of the solicitation. The<br />

Bidder should not rely on any representation, statement or explanation, whether written or verbal, other than<br />

those made in this Bid solicitation document or in any addenda issued. Where there appears to be a conflict<br />

between this Bid solicitation and any addenda, the last addendum issued shall prevail. It is the Bidder’s<br />

responsibility to ensure receipt of all addenda and any accompanying documents. Bidder(s) shall acknowledge<br />

receipt of any formal Addenda by signing the addendum and including it with their Bid. Failure to include signed<br />

formal Addenda in its Bid shall deem its Bid non-responsive provided, however, that the City may waive this<br />

requirement in its best interest.<br />

1.9 REJECTION OF BIDS<br />

The City may reject a bid if:


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

A. The Bidder fails to acknowledge receipt of an addendum, or if<br />

B. The Bidder misstates or conceals any material fact in the bid, or if<br />

C. The bid does not strictly conform to the law or requirements of bid, or if<br />

Page 10 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

D. The bid is conditional, except that the bidder may qualify his bid for acceptance by the City on an "all<br />

or none" basis, group basis, or a "low item" basis. An "all or none" basis bid must include all items<br />

upon which bids are invited.<br />

E. The City is under a pre- lawsuit claim or current litigation with the bidder/proposer.<br />

The City may reject all bids whenever it is deemed in the best interest of the City to do so, and may reject any<br />

part of a bid unless the bid has been qualified as provided in paragraph D above.<br />

1.10 WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS<br />

A. Bids may not be withdrawn and shall be deem enforceable for a period of 120 days after the time set<br />

for the bid opening.<br />

B. Bids may be withdrawn prior to the time set for the bid opening. Such request must be in writing.<br />

C. The City will permanently retain as liquidated damages the bid deposit furnished by any bidder who<br />

requests to withdraw a bid after the bid opening.<br />

1.11 LATE BIDS OR MODIFICATIONS<br />

Only bids or proposals received as of opening date and time will be considered timely. Bids and modifications<br />

received after the time set for the bid opening will be rejected as late.<br />

1.12 CONFLICTS WITHIN THE BID SOLICITATION<br />

Where there appears to be a conflict between the General Terms and Conditions, Special Conditions, the<br />

Technical Specifications, the Bid Submittal Section, or any addendum issued, the order of precedence shall be<br />

the last addendum issued, the Bid Submittal Section, the Technical Specifications, the Special Conditions, and<br />

then the General Terms and Conditions.<br />

1.13 CLARIFICATION OR OBJECTION TO BID SPECIFICATIONS<br />

If any person contemplating submitting a bid for this contract is in doubt as to the true meaning of the<br />

specifications or other bid documents or any part thereof, he/she may submit to the Chief Procurement Officer<br />

on or before three days prior to scheduled opening, a request for clarification. All such requests for clarification<br />

shall be made in writing and the person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. Any<br />

interpretation of the bid, if made, will be made only by Addendum duly issued. A copy of such Addendum will<br />

be mailed or delivered to each person receiving an Invitation for Bids. The City will not be responsible for any<br />

other explanation or interpretation of the proposed bid made or given prior to the award of the contract. Any<br />

objection to the specifications and requirements as set forth in this bid must be filed in writing with the Chief<br />

Procurement Officer on or before ten days prior to scheduled opening.<br />

1.14 INVOICING/PAYMENT<br />

All invoices should be sent to: City of North Miami Beach, Finance Department, 17011 NE 19 Avenue, 3 rd<br />

Floor, North Miami Beach, Florida 33162. In accordance with Florida State Statutes, Chapter 218, payment will<br />

be made within 45 days after receipt of services and a proper invoice. The City cannot make advance<br />

payments, make deposits in advance of receipt of goods, or pay C.O.D. Bidders should state any payment<br />

discount in the space provided on the proposal form.<br />

1.15 DISCOUNTS<br />

A. Bidders may offer a cash discount for prompt payment; however, such discounts shall NOT be<br />

considered in determining the lowest net cost for bid evaluation purposes. Bidders are encouraged to


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

reflect cash discounts in the unit prices quoted.<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

B. In connection with any discount offered, time will be computed from the date of receipt of supplies or<br />

services or from the date a correct invoice is received, whichever is the later date. Payment is<br />

deemed to be made on the date of mailing of the check.<br />

1.16 COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS<br />

A. Pre-award inspection of the Bidder's facility may be made prior to the award of contract. Bids will be<br />

considered only from firms which are regularly engaged in the business of providing the goods and/or<br />

services as described in this Bid(s); have a record of performance for a reasonable period of time; and<br />

have sufficient financial support, equipment and organization to ensure that they can satisfactorily<br />

deliver the material and/or services if awarded a Contract under the terms and conditions herein<br />

stated. The terms "equipment and organization" as used herein shall be construed to mean a fully<br />

equipped and well established company in line with the best business practices in the industry and as<br />

determined by the proper authorities of the City.<br />

B. The City may consider any evidence available to it of the financial, technical and other qualifications<br />

and abilities of a Bidder, including past performance (experience) in making the award in the best<br />

interest of the City. In all cases the City of North Miami Beach shall have no liability to any contractor<br />

for any costs or expense incurred in connection with this bid or otherwise.<br />

1.17 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS<br />

All notices required or permitted under the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficiently<br />

served if delivered by Registered or Certified Mail, with return receipt requested; or delivered personally; or<br />

delivered via fax or e-mail (if provided below) and followed with delivery of hard copy; and in any case<br />

addressed as follows:<br />

To the City<br />

Project Manager:<br />

City of North Miami Beach<br />

Attention: Shari Kamali, Public Services Department Director<br />

Phone: 305-948-2983<br />

Fax: 305-957-3632<br />

E-mail: shari.kamali@citynmb.com<br />

and,<br />

To the Chief Procurement Officer:<br />

Brian K. O’Connor, C.P.M. A.P.P<br />

Chief Procurement Officer<br />

Procurement Management Division<br />

17011 NE 19th Avenue, Suite 315<br />

North Miami Beach, FL 33162<br />

Phone: (305) 948-2946 Fax: (305) 957-3522<br />

Email: bids@citynmb.com<br />

To the Contractor<br />

Notices will be sent to the contractor at the physical address, e-mail address, fax numbers and to the person<br />

listed in the Contractor’s proposal, as applicable.<br />

Either party may at any time designate a different address and/or contact person by giving notice as provided<br />

above to the other party. Such notices shall be deemed given upon receipt by the addressee.<br />

1.18 EMPLOYEES<br />

All employees of the Contractor shall be considered to be at all times the sole employees of the Contractor,<br />

under the Contractor's sole direction, and not employees or agents of the City of North Miami Beach. The<br />

Contractor shall supply competent and physically capable employees and the City is authorized to require the<br />

Page 11 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 12 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Contractor to remove any employee it deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate or otherwise objectionable<br />

and whose presence on City property is not in the best interest of the City.<br />

Each employee at all times shall have and display in plain view proper identification. The names of the<br />

employee and the company shall be displayed on the front of the employee’s shirt.<br />

1.19 AWARD OF BID<br />

1.20 BID PROTESTS<br />

A. The Review Committee will make a recommendation based upon the lowest responsive and<br />

responsible bidder(s) whose bid(s) conforms to the Invitation for Bids and is most advantageous to the<br />

City.<br />

B. The City reserves the right to accept and award item by item, and/or by group, or in the aggregate,<br />

unless the bidder qualifies his bid by specified limitations.<br />

C. One or more Contractors may be designated as approved Primary or Secondary Vendor(s) for the<br />

delivery of material and/or services from this contract through the effective period of the award. In any<br />

situation where obtaining services from the Primary Vendor (s) is not in the best interest of the city, or<br />

the vendor cannot deliver material and/or services within 24 hours of date required, or on an<br />

emergency basis, staff may obtain services from the Secondary Vendor (s).<br />

D. Successful Bidder shall be notified in writing of award.<br />

E. Delivery of materials and/or services shall be performed upon receipt by successful bidder of a<br />

numbered, signed purchase order.<br />

The City shall provide notice of its intent to award or reject to all bidders by posting such notice on the City’s<br />

website within two (2) working days after the posted review committee meeting.<br />

The bidder must file a notice of protest in writing to the Chief Procurement Officer within three (3) working days<br />

after the posting of the notice of the City’s intent to award, and shall file a formal written protest within five (5)<br />

working days after filing the notice of protest. The notice of protest must be either, hand-delivered and date and<br />

time stamped by the Procurement Division, or sent via certified U.S. mail, return-receipt requested. Failure to<br />

file a protest within the time-frame specified herein shall constitute a full waiver of all rights to protest the City’s<br />

decision regarding the award of bid.<br />

A. The written protest shall state in detail the specific facts and law or ordinance upon which the protest of<br />

the proposed award is based, and shall include all pertinent documents and evidence.<br />

B. A written protest may not challenge the relative weight of evaluation criteria or a formula for assigning<br />

points.<br />

C. Only a bidder whose bid is timely received and fully complies with all terms and conditions of the bid may<br />

protest an award.<br />

D. Upon receipt of a formal written protest, the City may stop award proceedings until resolution of the<br />

protest; however, the award proceedings shall not be stopped if the City Manager decides the award<br />

must continue without delay in order to avoid an immediate and serious threat to the public health, safety,<br />

or welfare.<br />

E. Any and all costs incurred by a protesting party in connection with a bid protest pursuant to this section<br />

shall be the sole responsibility of the protesting party.<br />

A protest shall be reviewed and evaluated administratively and a decision in writing shall be forwarded to the<br />

protesting firm. If the protesting firm does not agree with the administrative decision, they may appeal the<br />

decision in writing to the City Manager within five (5) working days. The notice of appeal must be either handdelivered<br />

and date and time stamped by the City Manager’s Office, or sent via certified U.S. mail, return-receipt<br />

requested to the City Manager. The decision of the City Manager will be final and submitted with his/her<br />

recommendation to the City Council if the award exceeds $50,000.00.


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Any person who files a formal written protest shall post with the Chief Procurement Officer, at the time of filing<br />

the formal written protest, a cashier’s check made payable to the City of North Miami Beach in an amount<br />

equal to (one) 1% percent of the City’s estimate of the total amount of the contract or $5,000, whichever is<br />

less.<br />

If the decision of the City Manager or designee upholds the action taken by the City, then the deposit becomes<br />

non refundable and the City shall retain the deposit as payment for a portion of the cost and expense, including<br />

but not limited to, time spent by City staff in responding to the protest and in conducting the evaluation of the<br />

protest. If the decision of the City Manager or designee does not uphold the action taken by the City, then the<br />

City shall return the amount of the cashier’s check without deduction, to the person or entity filing the protest.<br />

1.21 AGREEMENT<br />

An agreement shall be sent to the awarded bidder to be signed, witnessed, and returned to the City for<br />

execution. The City will provide a copy of the fully executed agreement to the awarded bidder.<br />

1.22 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS<br />

A bidder may be disqualified temporarily or permanently and his/her bid(s) rejected for:<br />

A. Poor performance or default, in the City's opinion, on previous contracts with the City.<br />

B. Poor performance or default, in the City's opinion, on previous contracts with other public entities.<br />

C. Insufficient financial or company size, in the City's opinion, to perform the requirements of the<br />

contract.<br />

1.23 SUBCONTRACTING<br />

Unless otherwise specified in this Bid Solicitation, the successful Bidder shall not subcontract any portion of the<br />

work without the prior written consent of the City. The ability to subcontract may be further limited by the<br />

Special Conditions. Subcontracting without the prior consent of the City may result in termination of the contract<br />

for default.<br />

1.24 ASSIGNMENT<br />

The successful Bidder shall not assign, transfer, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of this contract, including<br />

any rights, title or interest therein, or its power to execute such contract to any person, company or corporation<br />

without the prior written consent of the City and City’s approval.<br />

1.25 LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS<br />

Bidders shall comply with all local, state and federal directives, orders and laws as applicable to this bid and<br />

subsequent contract(s) including, but not limited to:<br />

A. Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), in compliance with Executive Order 11246 as amended and<br />

applicable to this contract.<br />

B. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) as applicable to this contract.<br />

1.26 FRAUD AND MISREPRESENTATION<br />

In accordance with City Purchasing Policy 3.6 and pursuant to Section 2-8-1.4 of the Miami-Dade County<br />

Code, any individual, corporation or other entity that attempts to meet its contractual obligations with the City<br />

through fraud, misrepresentation or material misstatement, may be debarred from doing business with the City.<br />

The City as further sanction may terminate or cancel any other contracts with such individual, corporation or<br />

entity. Such individual or entity shall be responsible for all direct or indirect costs associated with termination or<br />

cancellation, including attorney’s fees.<br />

Page 13 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

1.27 COLLUSION<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The bidder, by affixing his signature to this proposal, agrees to the following: "Bidder certifies that his/her bid is<br />

made without previous understanding, agreement, or connection with any person, firm or corporation, making a<br />

bid for the same items, or the initiating City department, and is in all respects fair, without outside control,<br />

collusion, fraud, or otherwise illegal action."<br />

1.28 MAINTAINING BID STATUS<br />

To be retained on the active bidders list, bidder MUST respond to this Invitation to Bid. To protect your status<br />

as an active bidder, please complete and return the last page of the bid proposal form indicating reason for "No<br />

Bid" at this time. Three (3) consecutive failures to respond to bid invitations could result in automatic removal<br />

from the bidders list.<br />

1.29 PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS<br />

It shall be understood and agreed that by the submission of a proposal, the bidder, if awarded a contract, shall<br />

save harmless and fully indemnify the City and any of its officers or agents from any and all damages that may,<br />

at any time, be imposed or claimed for infringement of any patent right, trademark, or copyright, of any person<br />

or persons, association, or corporation, as the result of the use of such articles by the City, or any of its officers,<br />

agents, or employees, and of which articles the contractor is not the patentee, assignee, licensee, or owner, or<br />

lawfully entitled to sell same.<br />

1.30 PUBLIC RECORDS LAW<br />

Pursuant to Florida Statute 119.07, public records may be inspected and examined by anyone desiring to do<br />

so, at a reasonable time, under reasonable conditions, and under supervision by the custodian of the public<br />

record. Sealed Bids and Proposals become subject to this statute, notwithstanding bidders' or proposers'<br />

requests to the contrary, at the time the City provides notice of a decision or intended decision, or 30 days after<br />

bid or proposal opening, whichever is earlier.<br />

Financial statements submitted in response to a request by the City are confidential, and exempt from<br />

disclosure. Data processing software obtained under a licensing agreement which prohibits its disclosure is<br />

also exempt.<br />

Bidders are hereby notified and agree that all information submitted as part of, or in support of bid submittals<br />

will be available for public inspection after opening of bids in compliance with Chapter 119 of the Florida<br />

Statutes. The bidder shall not submit any information in response to this invitation which the bidder considers<br />

to be a trade secret, proprietary or confidential. The submission of any information to the City in connection<br />

with this invitation shall be deemed conclusively to be a waiver of any trade secret or other protection, which<br />

would otherwise be available to the bidder. In the event that the bidder submits information to the City in<br />

violation of this restriction, either inadvertently or intentionally and clearly identifies that information in the bid as<br />

protected or confidential, the City shall endeavor to redact and return that information to the bidder as quickly<br />

as possible, and if appropriate, evaluate the balance of the bid. The redaction or return of information pursuant<br />

to this clause may render a bid non-responsive.<br />

1.31 INFORMATION<br />

Further information, if desired, may be obtained from the Chief Procurement Officer, 17011 N.E. 19 th Avenue,<br />

Room 315, North Miami Beach, Florida 33162, Telephone (305) 948-2946.<br />

Questions or requests for clarification of the specifications shall be in writing and received by the Procurement<br />

Management Division at least five days prior to the date and time of the bid opening. They may be mailed or<br />

faxed to (305) 957-3522 or emailed to Bids@citynmb.com.<br />

1.32 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL<br />

Should these "General Conditions" be used in the specifications for a Request for Proposal, every reference to<br />

a bid shall be and mean the same as proposal.<br />

1.33 CONFLICT IN SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Page 14 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Where there appears to be a variance or conflict between these General Conditions and the Special Conditions<br />

or Technical Specifications outlined in the Bid Package, the order of preference shall be Technical<br />

Specifications, Special Conditions, then General Terms and Conditions.<br />

1.34 EXCEPTIONS TO PROPOSAL<br />

The bidder shall list on the space provided on the proposal page or on a separate sheet of paper any<br />

exceptions to the conditions of this Bid Proposal. This sheet shall be labeled, "Exceptions to Proposal<br />

Provisions," and shall be attached to the Bid Proposal. If no exceptions are stated, it will be understood that all<br />

General, Special and Technical Conditions will be complied with, without exception.<br />

1.35 NOTICE TO PROCEED<br />

A signed Purchase Order will be the Contractor's authorization to proceed and may substitute for a "Notice to<br />

Proceed" form.<br />

1.36 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT<br />

In accordance with Chapter 725, Florida Statutes, the Contractor hall indemnify and hold harmless the City<br />

of North Miami Beach and its officers, employees, agents and instrumentalities from any and all liability,<br />

losses or damages in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence. In addition to $1,000,000 per<br />

occurrence, the City shall be entitled to attorney’s fees and costs of defense, which the City of North Miami<br />

Beach, or its officers, employees, agents or instrumentalities may incur as a result of claims, demands, suits,<br />

causes of actions or proceedings of any kind or nature arising out of, relating to or resulting from the<br />

performance of this project by the awarded bidder or its employees, agents, servants, partners, principals or<br />

subcontractors. Furthermore, the awarded bidder shall pay all claims and losses in an amount not less than<br />

$1,000,000 per occurrence in connection therewith and shall investigate and defend all claims, suits or<br />

actions of any kind of nature in the name of the City of North Miami Beach, where applicable, including<br />

appellate proceedings, and shall pay all costs, judgments, and attorney’s fees which may issue thereon.<br />

The awarded bidder expressly understands and agrees that any insurance protection required by the<br />

resulting agreement or otherwise provided by the awarded bidder shall cover the City of North Miami Beach,<br />

its officers, employees, agents and instrumentalities and shall include claims for damages resulting from<br />

and/or caused by the negligence, recklessness or intentional wrongful misconduct of the indemnifying party<br />

and persons employed or by utilized by the indemnifying party in the performance of the contract.<br />

1.37 COPELAND "ANTI-KICKBACK"<br />

Contractor and all subcontractors will comply with the Copeland Anti-Kickback Act (18 U.S.C. 874) as<br />

supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3).<br />

1.38 CONFLICT OF LAW<br />

If and when this contract is disputed, and should it be necessary to litigate, the substantive and procedural laws<br />

of the State of Florida shall govern the outcome of such litigation. This shall apply notwithstanding such factors<br />

which include, but are not limited to, place where contract is entered into, place where accident arises and not<br />

withstanding application of conflicts of law principles.<br />

1.39 INTERPRETATION OF THE APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES<br />

The bidder's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities to be furnished under the specifications<br />

is approximate only and not guaranteed. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities<br />

shall remain in strict accordance with the estimated quantities, nor shall the Bidder plead misunderstanding or<br />

deception because of such estimate of quantities.<br />

1.40 QUANTITIES<br />

The City specifically reserves the right to accept all or any part of the bid, to split the award, to increase or<br />

decrease the quantity to meet additional or reduced requirements of the City, without such change affecting the<br />

contract unit price set forth in the proposal form by the bidder.<br />

Page 15 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

1.41 DELIVERY, INSPECTION & TITLE<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Prices quoted and deliveries are to be FOB Destination and unloaded, unless otherwise specified in the<br />

Invitation for Bids, and made during regular business hours. Inspection and acceptance will be destination<br />

unless otherwise provided. Title to/or risk of loss or damage to all items shall be the responsibility of the<br />

successful bidder until acceptance by the City unless loss or damage results from negligence by the City. If the<br />

materials or services supplied to the City are found to be defective or to not conform to specifications, the City<br />

reserves the right to cancel the order upon written notice to the contractor and return product at bidder’s<br />

expense.<br />

1.42 WARRANTY<br />

Unless otherwise specified, all items proposed by the bidder shall include a warranty covering services, parts<br />

and/or labor for a specified period of time. The bidder shall submit information on both manufacturer and<br />

dealer warranties, where applicable, with the bid proposal. All goods furnished shall be fully guaranteed by the<br />

successful Bidder against factory defects and workmanship. At no expense to the City, the successful Bidder<br />

shall correct any and all apparent and latent defects that may occur within the manufacturer’s standard<br />

warranty. The Special Conditions of the Bid solicitation may supersede the manufacturer’s standard warranty.<br />

1.43 DURATION OF AGREEMENT<br />

This Agreement will commence on ________________ and expire on ________________ unless Contractor is<br />

otherwise notified by the City. Any extension to this Agreement shall be in writing. The City Manager is<br />

authorized to extend or terminate this Agreement on behalf of the City.<br />

1.44 CLAIMS<br />

Successful bidder(s) will be responsible for making any and all claims against carriers for missing or damaged<br />

items.<br />

1.45 CONTRACT RENEWAL<br />

Any contract or agreement executed in conjunction with the award of a bid may be renewed for additional<br />

twelve month periods if agreed to in writing by both parties.<br />

1.46 MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT<br />

The contract may be modified by mutual consent, in writing through the issuance of a modification to the<br />

contract, purchase order, change order or award sheet, as appropriate.<br />

1.47 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS)<br />

Under the terms of the Florida Right-to-Know Law (Chapter 442, Florida Statutes), all suppliers of products<br />

deemed to be toxic in substance, as indicated in the State of Florida Substance List, are required to submit a<br />

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each substance as a condition of the award of the bid by the City.<br />

1.48 CONDITION OF MATERIALS AND PACKAGING<br />

All equipment, materials, supplies, and components supplied under this bid must be new and unused, free from<br />

defects, and shall be the latest manufacturer’s models unless otherwise specified. No others will be accepted<br />

under the terms and intent of this bid. All containers shall be new and suitable for storage or shipment, and bid<br />

price shall include standard commercial packaging. Any exceptions to this provision shall be detailed on the<br />

proposal page under exceptions to specifications.<br />

1.49 SAMPLES<br />

Samples, when required, must be submitted within the time specified at no expense to the City. If not<br />

destroyed or used up during testing, samples will be returned upon request at the bidder's expense. Each<br />

individual sample must be labeled with bidder's name and manufacturer's brand name and number.<br />

Page 16 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

1.50 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity<br />

crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a<br />

bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not<br />

submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor,<br />

supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity, and may not transact business<br />

with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Florida Statutes, Section 287.017, for<br />

CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list.<br />

1.51 DISCRIMINATION<br />

Any entity or affiliate who has been placed on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a<br />

contract to provide goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public<br />

entity for construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real<br />

property to a public entity, may not award or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or<br />

consultant under contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity.<br />

1.52 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE PROGRAM<br />

Bidders are required to maintain and enforce a Drug-Free Workplace Program for the duration of the<br />

agreement and any extensions thereof. Bidders shall complete and submit a copy of the attached form and<br />

a copy of the program with their bid.<br />

1.53 SOLICITATION, GIVING, AND ACCEPTANCE OF GIFTS POLICY<br />

Bidders shall sign and submit this attached form indicating understanding and compliance with the City's and<br />

State's policies prohibiting solicitation and acceptance of gifts by public officers, employees, or candidates.<br />

Failure to submit this signed form will result in your bid being declared non-responsive; provided, however, that<br />

the low bidder may be given the opportunity to submit the form to the City within five calendar days after<br />

notification by the City, if this is determined to be in the best interest of the City.<br />

1.54 PURCHASING AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES<br />

It is hereby made part of this Invitation to Bid that the submission of any bid response to this advertised<br />

request constitutes a bid made under the same terms and conditions, for the same price, to other<br />

government agencies if agreeable by the bidder and the government agency.<br />

At the option of the vendor/contractor, the use of the contract resulting from this solicitation may be extended<br />

to other governmental agencies, including the State of Florida, its agencies, political subdivisions, counties,<br />

and cities.<br />

Each governmental agency allowed by the vendor/contractor to use this contract shall do so independently<br />

of any other governmental entity. Each agency shall be responsible for its own purchases and shall be<br />

liable only for goods or services ordered, received, and accepted. No agency receives any liability by virtue<br />

of this bid and subsequent contract award.<br />

1.55 ACCESS TO RECORDS<br />

The City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit to an audit. The Contractor shall provide<br />

access to all of its records which relate directly or indirectly to this Agreement at its place of business during<br />

regular business hours. The Contractor shall retain all records pertaining to this Agreement and upon<br />

request make them available to the City for three years following expiration of the Agreement. The<br />

Contractor agrees to provide such assistance as may be necessary to facilitate the review or audit by the<br />

City to ensure compliance with applicable accounting and financial standards at no cost to the City.<br />

1.56 GREEN PROCUREMENT POLICY<br />

PURPOSE<br />

Page 17 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 18 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The purpose of this policy is to ensure that the City of North Miami Beach departments purchase recycled<br />

and other environmentally preferable products whenever the products meet the price and performance<br />

requirements of the City.<br />

The City recognizes that the products and services the City buys have inherent social, human, health,<br />

environmental and economic impacts; thus the City should make procurement decisions that consider the<br />

reduction of its environmental footprint and promote practices that improve human health, and conserve<br />

natural resources.<br />

POLICIES<br />

GENERAL POLICIES<br />

The City encourages its Departments and their staff to be innovative and demonstrate leadership by<br />

incorporating progressive and best-practice sustainability specifications, strategies and practices in<br />

procurement decisions.<br />

Departments shall buy recycled and other environmentally preferable products whenever practicable.<br />

The City shall require its contractors and consultants to use recycled and other environmentally preferable<br />

products whenever practicable.<br />

The City shall promote the use of recycled and other environmentally preferable products by publicizing its<br />

environmental purchasing policy and its implementation, consistent with this policy.<br />

The City shall communicate its commitment to sustainable procurement by modeling the best product and<br />

services choices to citizens, other public agencies and private companies.<br />

The Purchasing Division will take the lead in including environmentally preferable product specifications in bid<br />

documents and district contracts, as appropriate.<br />

The City shall aim to maximize the proportion of goods and services that come from local providers with<br />

acceptable environmental practices, thereby reducing the environmental impact of transportation wherever<br />

feasible and supporting a sustainable local economy.<br />

The City shall seek opportunities to pool purchases with others to enhance markets for environmentally<br />

preferable products, to obtain favorable prices, and to reduce waste packaging, transportation, and product<br />

cost.<br />

The City shall encourage and promote both local and national companies to bring forward emerging and<br />

progressive sustainable products and services, by being a consumer of such products and companies.<br />

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PURCHASING DIVISION<br />

Preparing or revising bid documents and contract language where necessary to implement this chapter;<br />

Researching opportunities for procurement of recycled and other environmentally preferable products and<br />

communicating these to appropriate county departments for evaluation and purchase;<br />

Collecting data on purchases by departments of recycled and other environmentally preferable products; and<br />

Preparing and submitting a report to the City Manager each year by March 31, describing the progress of<br />

departments in implementation of the environmental purchasing policy, including the following elements:<br />

A. Quantities, costs and types of recycled and other environmentally preferable products purchased;<br />

B. A summary of savings achieved through the purchase of recycled and other environmentally<br />

preferable products;<br />

C. A summary of program promotional efforts; and<br />

D. Recommendations for changes in procurement policies.<br />

RESPONSIBILITIES OF DEPARTMENTS


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Assigning appropriate personnel to evaluate opportunities for buying recycled and other environmentally<br />

preferable products reflected in federal guidance or communicated by Purchasing Division.<br />

Purchasing recycled and other environmentally preferable products whenever practicable; and<br />

Seeking opportunities to pool purchases with others to enhance markets for environmentally preferable<br />

products, to obtain favorable prices, and to reduce waste packaging, transportation, and product cost.<br />

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR PROCUREMENT OF PAPER PRODUCTS<br />

Departments shall buy recycled or other environmentally preferable paper whenever practicable.<br />

Departments shall use recycled paper for all imprinted letterhead paper and business cards.<br />

Departments shall publicize the city’s use of recycled paper by including a recycling logo and an indication of<br />

recycled content on all printed material, to the extent practicable.<br />

Departments shall use both sides of sheets of paper whenever practicable.<br />

Departments shall require all contractors or consultants submitting proposals to use recycled paper and use<br />

both sides of sheets of paper whenever practicable.<br />

RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR PROCUREMENT OF LUIBRICATING AND FUEL OILS<br />

Departments shall purchase environmentally preferable oils whenever practicable.<br />

When departments specify re-refined lubricating oil in procurements, they shall purchase re-refined oil if the<br />

price is no more than ten percent higher than the price of non-re-refined oil.<br />

DEFINITIONS<br />

Environmentally Preferable Product: A product that has a reduced negative effect or increased positive<br />

effect on human health and the environment when compared with competing products that serve the same<br />

purpose. This comparison may consider raw materials acquisition, production, fabrication, manufacturing,<br />

packaging, distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance, and disposal of the product. This term includes, but<br />

is not limited to, recyclable products, recycled products, and reusable products.<br />

EXEMPTIONS<br />

Nothing in this policy shall be construed as requiring a department or contractor to procure products that do<br />

not perform adequately for their intended end use or are not available at a reasonable price in a reasonable<br />

period of time.<br />

GREEN PURCHASING RESOURCES<br />

The Purchasing Division shall maintain and distribute to staff a list of resources and educational materials<br />

regarding accessing and purchasing environmentally preferable products. Some of these resources include<br />

the following:<br />

A. U.S. Communities Going Green Program is the one-stop source for public agency access to a broad<br />

line of responsible purchasing products, services and resources. In addition to comprehensive contracts<br />

that offer eco-friendly products, agencies will find a wealth of valuable information and resources that<br />

will help lower the environmental impact within the community and will assist in making educated<br />

decisions about the products an agency purchases. http://www.gogreencommunities.org/<br />

B. U.S. EPA Environmentally Preferable Purchasing (EPP): http://www.epa.gov/epp/<br />

C. The Responsible Purchasing Network (RPN) is a national network of procurement-related professionals<br />

dedicated to socially responsible and environmentally sustainable purchasing.<br />

http://www.responsiblepurchasing.org/<br />

Page 19 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

D. ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S.<br />

Department of Energy helping to save money and protect the environment through energy efficient<br />

products and practices. http//www.energystar.gov/<br />

E. Electronic Product Environmental Assessment Tool (EPEAT) is a system to help purchasers in the<br />

public and private sectors evaluate, compare and select desktop computers, notebooks and monitors<br />

based on their environmental attributes. http://www.epeat.net<br />

ANNUAL REVIEW OF POLICY<br />

The City shall annually review its Green Procurement Policy to evaluate the following: its effectiveness,<br />

savings, potential changes, and expansion of policy to reflect national trends and best practices.<br />

1.57 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS<br />

Upon City’s notification, the Contractor shall furnish to the Procurement Management Division, Certificates<br />

of Insurance that indicate that insurance coverage has been obtained which meets the requirements as<br />

outlined below:<br />

A. Worker's Compensation Insurance for all employees of the Contractor as required by Florida<br />

Statute 440. Should the Contractor be exempt from this Statute, the Contractor and each<br />

employee shall hold the City harmless from any injury incurred during performance of the Contract.<br />

The exempt contractor shall also submit a written statement detailing the number of employees and<br />

that they are not required to carry Worker’s Compensation insurance, and do not anticipate hiring<br />

any additional employees during the term of this contract or a copy of a Certificate of Exemption.<br />

B. General Liability Insurance on a comprehensive basis in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per<br />

person, $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. The City of North<br />

Miami Beach must be shown as an additional insured with respect to this coverage. The<br />

mailing address of City of North Miami Beach 17011 NE 19 Avenue, Suite 315, North Miami<br />

Beach, Florida 33162, as the certificate holder, must appear on the certificate of insurance.<br />

C. Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles used in<br />

connection with the Services, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per person and $2,000,000<br />

per occurrence.<br />

The insurance coverage required shall include those classifications, as listed in standard liability insurance<br />

manuals, which most nearly reflect the operation of the Contractor. All insurance policies required above<br />

shall be issued by companies authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Florida with the<br />

following qualifications:<br />

The company must be rated no less than "B" as to management, and no less than "Class V" as to financial<br />

strength, according to the latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide published by A.M. Best Company,<br />

Oldwick, New Jersey, or its equivalent, subject to the approval of the City’s Risk Management Division.<br />

Certificates of Insurance must indicate that for any cancellation of coverage before the expiration<br />

date, the issuing insurance carrier will endeavor to mail thirty (30) day written advance notice to the<br />

certificate holder. In addition, the Contractor hereby agrees not to modify the insurance coverage<br />

without thirty (30) days written advance notice to the City.<br />

NOTE: CITY OF NORTH MIAMI BEACH CONTRACT NUMBER AND TITLE MUST APPEAR ON EACH<br />

CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE.<br />

Compliance with the foregoing requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of this liability and obligation<br />

under this section or under any other section in this Agreement.<br />

Award of this Contract is contingent upon the receipt of the insurance documents, as required, within fifteen<br />

(15) calendar days after City notification to Contractor to comply before the award is made. If the insurance<br />

Page 20 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

certificate is received within the specified time frame but not in the manner prescribed in this Agreement, the<br />

Contractor shall be verbally notified of such deficiency and shall have an additional five (5) calendar days to<br />

submit a corrected certificate to the City. If the Contractor fails to submit the required insurance documents<br />

in the manner prescribed in this Agreement within twenty (20) calendar days after City notification to comply,<br />

the Contractor shall be in default of the contractual terms and conditions and award of the Contract will be<br />

rescinded, unless such time frame for submission has been extended by the City.<br />

The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the insurance certificates required in conjunction with<br />

this Section remain in force for the duration of the contractual period of the Contract, including any and all<br />

option years or extension periods that may be granted by the City. If insurance certificates are scheduled to<br />

expire during the contractual period, the Contractor shall be responsible for submitting new or renewed<br />

insurance certificates to the City at a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days in advance of such expiration. In<br />

the event that expired certificates are not replaced with new or renewed certificates which cover the<br />

contractual period, the City shall suspend the Contract until such time as the new or renewed certificates are<br />

received by the City in the manner prescribed herein; provided, however, that this suspended period does<br />

not exceed thirty (30) calendar days. Thereafter, the City may, at its sole discretion, terminate this contract.<br />

1.58 CITY WEBSITE<br />

Bids, addenda, bid tabulations, lists of pre-bid conferences attendees and other information is available on<br />

the Procurement and Contract Services Division’s “Bid’s & RFP’s” page, which can be found at:<br />

www.citynmb.com.<br />

1.59 DISCLAIMER<br />

The City of North Miami Beach may, in its sole and absolute discretion, accept or reject, in whole or in part,<br />

for any reason whatsoever any or all Bids; re-advertise this Bid; postpone or cancel at any time this Bid<br />

process; or, waive any formalities of or irregularities in the bidding process. Bids that are not submitted on<br />

time and/or do not conform to the City of North Miami Beach’s requirements will not be considered. After all<br />

bids are analyzed, organization(s) submitting bids that appear, solely in the opinion of the City of North<br />

Miami Beach, to be the most competitive, shall be submitted to the City of North Miami Beach’s City Council,<br />

and the final selection will be made shortly thereafter with a timetable set solely by the City of North Miami<br />

Beach. The selection by the City of North Miami Beach shall be based on the bid, which is, in the sole<br />

opinion of the City Council of the City of North Miami Beach, in the best interest of the City of North Miami<br />

Beach. The issuance of this bid constitutes only an invitation to make presentations to the City of North<br />

Miami Beach. The City of North Miami Beach reserves the right to determine, at its sole discretion, whether<br />

any aspect of the bid satisfies the criteria established in this Bid. In all cases the City of North Miami Beach<br />

shall have no liability to any contractor for any costs or expense incurred in connection with this bid or<br />

otherwise.<br />

1.60 CONFIDENTIALITY<br />

As a political subdivision, the City of North Miami Beach is subject to the Florida Sunshine Act and Public<br />

Records Law. By submitting a Bid, Contractor acknowledges that the materials submitted with the Bid and<br />

the results of the City of North Miami Beach’s evaluation are open to public inspection upon proper request.<br />

Contractor should take special note of this as it relates to proprietary information that might be included in its<br />

Bid.<br />

1.61 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE<br />

If there is a conflict between or among the provisions of the Agreement, the order of precedence is<br />

as follows:<br />

A. The terms and conditions of the agreement<br />

B. The City of North Miami Beach’s RFP and any associated addenda and attachments thereof, and<br />

C. The Contractor's Proposal.<br />

Page 21 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

1.62 NATURE OF THE AGREEMENT<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The Agreement incorporates and includes all negotiations, correspondence, conversations, agreements,<br />

and understandings applicable to the matters contained in the Agreement. The parties agree that there are<br />

no commitments, agreements, or understandings concerning the subject matter of the Agreement that are<br />

not contained in the Agreement, and that the Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties<br />

as to all matters contained herein. Accordingly, it is agreed that no deviation from the terms hereof shall be<br />

predicated upon any prior representations or agreements, whether oral or written. It is further agreed that<br />

any oral representations or modifications concerning this Agreement shall be of no force or effect, and that<br />

the Agreement may be modified, altered or amended only by a written amendment duly executed by both<br />

parties hereto or their authorized representatives.<br />

The Contractor shall provide the services set forth in the Scope of Services, and render full and prompt<br />

cooperation with the City in all aspects of the Services performed hereunder.<br />

The Contractor acknowledges that the Agreement requires the performance of all things necessary for or<br />

incidental to the effective and complete performance of all Work and Services under this Contract. All things<br />

not expressly mentioned in the Agreement but necessary to carrying out its intent are required by the<br />

Agreement, and the Contractor shall perform the same as though they were specifically mentioned,<br />

described and delineated.<br />

The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, supplies, and other items required to perform the<br />

Work and Services that are necessary for the completion of this Contract. All Work and Services shall be<br />

accomplished at the direction of and to the satisfaction of the City's Project Manager.<br />

The Contractor acknowledges that the City shall be responsible for making all policy decisions regarding the<br />

Scope of Services. The Contractor agrees to provide input on policy issues in the form of recommendations.<br />

The Contractor agrees to implement any and all changes in providing Services hereunder as a result of a<br />

policy change implemented by the City. The Contractor agrees to act in an expeditious and fiscally sound<br />

manner in providing the City with input regarding the time and cost to implement said changes and in<br />

executing the activities required to implement said changes.<br />

1.63 PAYMENT FOR SERVICES/AMOUNT OBLIGATED<br />

The Contractor warrants that it has reviewed the City's requirements and has asked such questions and<br />

conducted such other inquiries as the Contractor deemed necessary in order to determine the price the<br />

Contractor will charge to provide the Work and Services to be performed under this Contract. The<br />

compensation for all Work and Services performed under this Contract, including all costs associated with<br />

such Work and Services, shall be in the total amount submitted on the Bid Form. The City shall have no<br />

obligation to pay the Contractor any additional sum(s) in excess of this amount, except for a change and/or<br />

modification to the Contract which is approved and executed in writing by the City and the Contractor.<br />

All Services undertaken by the Contractor before City’s approval of this Contract shall be at the Contractor’s<br />

risk and expense.<br />

1.64 PRICING<br />

Prices shall remain firm and fixed for the term of the Contract, including any option or extension periods;<br />

however, the Contractor may offer incentive discounts to the City at any time during the Contract term,<br />

including any renewal or extension thereof.<br />

1.65 GUARANTEE<br />

The Contractor shall be responsible for technically deficient designs, reports, or studies due to his errors and<br />

omissions, and shall promptly correct or replace all such deficient work due to his errors and omissions<br />

without cost to City upon the request of the City for five years after the date of acceptance of the project by<br />

the City, which are judged to have been in error by a court of competent jurisdiction. Contractor shall also<br />

be responsible for the cost of correcting deficient construction which was built from technically deficient<br />

designs. Payment in full by the City for work performed does not constitute a waiver of this guarantee.<br />

Page 22 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

1.66 MANNER OF PERFORMANCE<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

A. The Contractor shall provide the Services described herein in a competent and professional<br />

manner satisfactory to the City in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The<br />

City shall be entitled to a satisfactory performance of all Services described herein and to full and<br />

prompt cooperation by the Contractor in all aspects of the Services. At the request of the City, the<br />

Contractor shall promptly remove from the project any Contractor’s employee, subcontractor, or<br />

any other person performing Services hereunder. The Contractor agrees that such removal of any<br />

of its employees does not require the termination or demotion of any employee by the Contractor.<br />

B. The Contractor agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify the City and shall be liable and<br />

responsible for any and all claims, suits, actions, damages and costs (including attorney's fees and<br />

court costs) made against the City, occurring on account of, arising from or in connection with the<br />

removal and replacement of any Contractor’s personnel performing services hereunder at the<br />

behest of the City. Removal and replacement of any Contractor’s personnel as used in this Article<br />

shall not require the termination and or demotion of such Contractor’s personnel.<br />

C. The Contractor agrees that at all times it will employ, maintain and assign to the<br />

performance of the Services a sufficient number of competent and qualified professionals and other<br />

personnel to meet the requirements to which reference is hereinafter made. The Contractor agrees<br />

to adjust its personnel staffing levels or to replace any of its personnel upon reasonable request<br />

from the City, should the City make a determination, in its sole discretion, that said personnel<br />

staffing is inappropriate or that any individual is not performing in a manner consistent with the<br />

requirements for such a position.<br />

D. The Contractor warrants and represents that its personnel have the proper skill, training,<br />

background, knowledge, experience, rights, authorizations, integrity, character and licenses as<br />

necessary to perform the Services described herein, in a competent and professional manner.<br />

E. The Contractor shall at all times cooperate with the City and coordinate its respective work efforts<br />

to most effectively and efficiently maintain the progress in performing the Services.<br />

F. The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of all federal, state and local laws, statutes,<br />

ordinances, and regulations that are applicable to the performance of this Agreement.<br />

1.67 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR RELATIONSHIP<br />

The Contractor is, and shall be, in the performance of all work services and activities under this Agreement,<br />

an independent contractor, and not an employee, agent or servant of the City. All persons engaged in any<br />

of the work or services performed pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times, and in all places, be subject<br />

to the Contractor's sole direction, supervision and control. The Contractor shall exercise control over the<br />

means and manner in which it and its employees perform the work, and in all respects the Contractor's<br />

relationship and the relationship of its employees to the City shall be that of an independent contractor and<br />

not as employees and agents of the City.<br />

The Contractor does not have the power or authority to bind the City in any promise, agreement or<br />

representation other than specifically provided for in this Agreement.<br />

1.68 AUTHORITY OF THE CITY’S PROJECT MANAGER<br />

A. The Contractor hereby acknowledges that the City’s Project Manager will determine in the first<br />

instance all questions of any nature whatsoever arising out of, under, or in connection with, or in<br />

any way related to or on account of, this Agreement including without limitations: questions as to<br />

the value, acceptability and fitness of the Services; questions as to either party's fulfillment of its<br />

obligations under the Contract; negligence, fraud or misrepresentation before or subsequent to<br />

acceptance of the Proposal; questions as to the interpretation of the Scope of Services; and claims<br />

for damages, compensation and losses.<br />

B. The Contractor shall be bound by all determinations or orders and shall promptly obey and follow<br />

every order of the Project Manager, including the withdrawal or modification of any previous order<br />

and regardless of whether the Contractor agrees with the Project Manager's determination or order.<br />

Page 23 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 24 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Where orders are given orally, they will be issued in writing by the Project Manager as soon<br />

thereafter as is practicable.<br />

C. The Contractor must, in the final instance, seek to resolve every difference concerning the<br />

Agreement with the Project Manager. In the event that the Contractor and the Project Manager are<br />

unable to resolve their difference, the Contractor may initiate a dispute in accordance with the<br />

procedures set forth in the section below. Exhaustion of these procedures shall be a condition<br />

precedent to any lawsuit permitted hereunder.<br />

D. In the event of such dispute, the parties to this Agreement authorize the City Manager or designee,<br />

who may not be the Project Manager or anyone associated with this Project, acting personally, to<br />

decide all questions arising out of, under, or in connection with, or in any way related to or on<br />

account of the Agreement (including but not limited to claims in the nature of breach of contract,<br />

fraud or misrepresentation arising either before or subsequent to execution hereof) and the<br />

decision of each with respect to matters within the City Manager's purview as set forth above shall<br />

be conclusive, final and binding on parties. Any such dispute shall be brought, if at all, before the<br />

City Manager within 10 days of the occurrence, event or act out of which the dispute arises.<br />

1.69 MUTUAL OBLIGATIONS<br />

The City Manager may base this decision on such assistance as may be desirable, including<br />

advice of experts, but in any event shall base the decision on an independent and objective<br />

determination of whether Contractor’s performance or any Deliverable meets the requirements of<br />

this Agreement and any specifications with respect thereto set forth herein. The effect of any<br />

decision shall not be impaired or waived by any negotiations or settlements or offers made in<br />

connection with the dispute, whether or not the City Manager participated therein, or by any prior<br />

decision of others, which prior decision shall be deemed subject to review, or by any termination or<br />

cancellation of the Agreement. All such disputes shall be submitted in writing by the Contractor to<br />

the City Manager for a decision, together with all evidence and other pertinent information in regard<br />

to such questions, in order that a fair and impartial decision may be made. The parties agree that<br />

whenever the City Manager is entitled to exercise discretion or judgment or to make a<br />

determination or form an opinion pursuant to the provisions of this Article, such action shall be<br />

deemed fair and impartial when exercised or taken. The City Manager shall render a decision in<br />

writing and deliver a copy of the same to the Contractor. Except as such remedies may be limited<br />

or waived elsewhere in the Agreement, Contractor reserves the right to pursue any remedies<br />

available under law after exhausting the provisions of this Article.<br />

A. This Agreement, including attachments and appendices to the Agreement, shall constitute the<br />

entire Agreement between the parties with respect hereto and supersedes all previous<br />

communications and representations or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to the<br />

subject matter hereto unless acknowledged in writing by the duly authorized representatives of both<br />

parties.<br />

B. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed for the benefit, intended or otherwise, of any third<br />

party that is not a parent or subsidiary of a party or otherwise related (by virtue of ownership control<br />

or statutory control) to a party.<br />

C. In those situations where this Agreement imposes an indemnity or defense obligation on the<br />

Contractor, the City may, at its expense, elect to participate in the defense if the City should so<br />

choose. Furthermore, the City may at its own expense defend or settle any such claims if the<br />

Contractor fails to diligently defend such claims, and thereafter seek indemnity for costs and<br />

attorney’s fees from the Contractor.<br />

1.70 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY ASSURANCE RECORD KEEPING<br />

The Contractor shall maintain, and shall require that its subcontractors and suppliers maintain, complete and<br />

accurate records to substantiate compliance with the requirements set forth in the Scope of Services. The<br />

Contractor and its subcontractors and suppliers shall retain such records, and all other documents relevant<br />

to the Services furnished under this Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the expiration date of this<br />

Agreement and any extension thereof.


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

1.71 AUDITS<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The City, or its duly authorized representatives or governmental agencies shall, until the expiration of three<br />

(3) years after the expiration of this Agreement and any extension thereof, have access to and the right to<br />

examine and reproduce any of the Contractor's books, documents, papers and records and those of its<br />

subcontractors and suppliers which apply to all matters of the City. Such records shall conform to Generally<br />

Accepted Accounting Principles requirements, as applicable, and shall only address those transactions<br />

related to this Agreement.<br />

The Contractor agrees to grant access to the City’s Auditor to all financial and performance-related records,<br />

property, and equipment purchased in whole or in part with government funds. The Contractor agrees to<br />

maintain an accounting system that provides accounting records that are supported with adequate<br />

documentation, and adequate procedures for determining the allowability and allocability of costs.<br />

1.72 SUBSTITUTION OF PERSONNEL<br />

In the event the Contractor wishes to substitute personnel for the key personnel identified by the<br />

Contractor’s Proposal, the Contractor must notify the City in writing and request written approval for the<br />

substitution at least ten (10) business days prior to effecting such substitution.<br />

1.73 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS<br />

A. If the Contractor will cause any part of this Agreement to be performed by a subcontractor, the<br />

provisions of this Contract will apply to such subcontractor and its officers, agents and employees<br />

in all respects as if it and they were employees of the Contractor; and the Contractor will not be in<br />

any manner thereby discharged from its obligations and liabilities hereunder, but will be liable<br />

hereunder for all acts and negligence of the subcontractor, its officers, agents, and employees, as if<br />

they were employees of the Contractor. The services performed by the subcontractor will be<br />

subject to the provisions hereof as if performed directly by the Contractor.<br />

B. The Contractor, before making any subcontract for any portion of the services, will state in writing<br />

to the City the name of the proposed subcontractor, the portion of the Services which the<br />

subcontractor is to do, the place of business of such subcontractor, and such other information as<br />

the City may require. The City will have the right to require the Contractor not to award any<br />

subcontract to a person, firm or corporation disapproved by the City.<br />

C. Before entering into any subcontract hereunder, the Contractor will inform the subcontractor fully<br />

and completely of all provisions and requirements of this Agreement relating either directly or<br />

indirectly to the Services to be performed. Such Services performed by such subcontractor will<br />

strictly comply with the requirements of this Contract.<br />

D. In order to qualify as a subcontractor satisfactory to the City, in addition to the other requirements<br />

herein provided, the subcontractor must be prepared to prove to the satisfaction of the City that it<br />

has the necessary facilities, skill and experience, and ample financial resources to perform the<br />

Services in a satisfactory manner. To be considered skilled and experienced, the subcontractor<br />

must show to the satisfaction of the City that it has satisfactorily performed services of the same<br />

general type which is required to be performed under this Agreement.<br />

E. The City shall have the right to withdraw its consent to a subcontract if it appears to the City that<br />

the subcontract will delay, prevent, or otherwise impair the performance of the Contractor's<br />

obligations under this Agreement. All subcontractors are required to protect the confidentiality of<br />

the City and City's proprietary and confidential information. Contractor shall furnish to the City<br />

copies of all subcontracts between Contractor and subcontractors and suppliers hereunder. Within<br />

each such subcontract, there shall be a clause for the benefit of the City permitting the City to<br />

request completion of performance by the subcontractor of its obligations under the subcontract, in<br />

the event the City finds the Contractor in breach of its obligations, and the option to pay the<br />

subcontractor directly for the performance by such subcontractor. Notwithstanding, the foregoing<br />

shall neither convey nor imply any obligation or liability on the part of the City to any subcontractor<br />

hereunder as more fully described herein.<br />

Page 25 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 26 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

1.74 ASSUMPTION, PARAMETERS, PROJECTIONS, ESTIMATES AND EXPLANATIONS<br />

The Contractor understands and agrees that any assumptions, parameters, projections, estimates and<br />

explanations presented by the City were provided to the Contractor for evaluation purposes only. However,<br />

since these assumptions, parameters, projections, estimates and explanations represent predictions of<br />

future events, the City makes no representations or guarantees, the City shall not be responsible for the<br />

accuracy of the assumptions presented, the City shall not be responsible for conclusions to be drawn there<br />

from, and any assumptions, parameters, projections, estimates and explanations shall not form the basis of<br />

any claim by the Contractor. The Contractor accepts all risks associated with using this information.<br />

1.75 SEVERABILITY<br />

If this Agreement contains any provision found to be unlawful, the same shall be deemed to be of no effect<br />

and shall be deemed stricken from this Agreement without affecting the binding force of this Agreement as it<br />

shall remain after omitting such provision.<br />

1.76 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND SUSPENSION OF WORK<br />

A. The City may terminate this Agreement if an individual or corporation or other entity attempts to<br />

meet its contractual obligation with the City through fraud, misrepresentation or material<br />

misstatement.<br />

B. The City may, as a further sanction, terminate or cancel any other contract(s) that such individual or<br />

corporation or other entity has with the City. Such individual, corporation or other entity shall be<br />

responsible for all direct and indirect costs associated with such termination or cancellation,<br />

including attorney’s fees.<br />

C. The foregoing notwithstanding, any individual, corporation or other entity which attempts to meet its<br />

contractual obligations with the City through fraud, misrepresentation or material misstatement may<br />

be debarred from City contracting in accordance with the City debarment procedures. The<br />

Contractor may be subject to debarment for failure to perform and all other reasons set forth in<br />

Chapter 3 of the City’s Purchasing Policies and Procedures Manual.<br />

In addition to cancellation or termination as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the City may at any time,<br />

in its sole discretion, with or without cause, terminate this Agreement by written notice to the Contractor and<br />

in such event:<br />

D. The Contractor shall, upon receipt of such notice, unless otherwise directed by the City:<br />

1. Stop work on the date specified in the notice ("the Effective Termination Date");<br />

2. Take such action as may be necessary for the protection and preservation of the City's<br />

materials and property;<br />

3. Cancel orders;<br />

4. Assign to the City and deliver to any location designated by the City any non-cancelable orders<br />

for Deliverables that are not capable of use except in the performance of this Agreement and<br />

which have been specifically developed for the sole purpose of this Agreement and not<br />

incorporated in the Services;<br />

5. Take no action which will increase the amounts payable by the City under this Agreement.<br />

E. In the event that the City exercises its right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Article the<br />

Contractor will be compensated as stated in the payment Articles, herein, for the:<br />

1. Portion of the Services completed in accordance with the Agreement up to the Effective<br />

Termination Date; and<br />

2. Non-cancelable Deliverables that are not capable of use except in the performance of this


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 27 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Agreement and which have been specifically developed for the sole purpose of this Agreement<br />

but not incorporated in the Services.<br />

F. All compensation pursuant to this Article is subject to audit.<br />

1.77 EVENT OF DEFAULT<br />

A. An Event of Default shall mean a breach of this Agreement by the Contractor. Without limiting the<br />

generality of the foregoing and in addition to those instances referred to herein as a breach, an<br />

Event of Default, shall include the following:<br />

1. The Contractor has not delivered Deliverables on a timely basis;<br />

2. The Contractor has refused or failed, except in any case for which an extension of time is<br />

provided, to supply enough properly skilled staff personnel;<br />

3. The Contractor has failed to make prompt payment to subcontractors or suppliers for any<br />

Services;<br />

4. The Contractor has become insolvent (other than as interdicted by the bankruptcy laws), or<br />

has assigned the proceeds received for the benefit of the Contractor's creditors, or the<br />

Contractor has taken advantage of any insolvency statute or debtor/creditor law or if the<br />

Contractor's affairs have been put in the hands of a receiver;<br />

5. The Contractor has failed to obtain the approval of the City where required by this Agreement;<br />

6. The Contractor has failed to provide "adequate assurances" as required under subsection "B"<br />

below; and<br />

7. The Contractor has failed in the representation of any warranties stated herein.<br />

B. When, in the opinion of the City, reasonable grounds for uncertainty exist with respect to the<br />

Contractor's ability to perform the Services or any portion thereof, the City may request that the<br />

Contractor, within the time frame set forth in the City's request, provide adequate assurances to the<br />

City, in writing, of the Contractor's ability to perform in accordance with terms of this Agreement.<br />

Until the City receives such assurances the City may request an adjustment to the compensation<br />

received by the Contractor for portions of the Services which the Contractor has not performed. In<br />

the event that the Contractor fails to provide to the City the requested assurances within the<br />

prescribed time frame, the City may:<br />

1. Treat such failure as a repudiation of this Agreement;<br />

2. Resort to any remedy for breach provided herein or at law, including but not limited to, taking<br />

over the performance of the Services or any part thereof either by itself or through others.<br />

C. In the event the City shall terminate this Agreement for default, the City or its designated<br />

representatives may immediately take possession of all applicable equipment, materials, products,<br />

documentation, reports and data.<br />

1.78 REMEDIES IN THE EVENT OF DEFAULT<br />

If an Event of Default occurs, the Contractor shall be liable for all damages resulting from the default,<br />

including but not limited to:<br />

A. Lost revenues;<br />

B. The difference between the cost associated with procuring Services hereunder and the amount<br />

actually expended by the City for procurement of Services, including procurement and<br />

administrative costs; and,


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

C. Such other direct damages.<br />

The Contractor shall also remain liable for any liabilities and claims related to the Contractor’s default. The<br />

City may also bring any suit or proceeding for specific performance or for an injunction.<br />

1.79 PATENT AND COPYRIGHT INDEMNIFICATION<br />

A. The Contractor warrants that all Deliverables furnished hereunder, including but not limited to:<br />

services, equipment programs, documentation, software, analyses, applications, methods, ways,<br />

processes, and the like, do not infringe upon or violate any patent, copyrights, service marks, trade<br />

secret, or any other third party proprietary rights.<br />

B. The Contractor shall be liable and responsible for any and all claims made against the City for<br />

infringement of patents, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets or any other third party proprietary<br />

rights, by the use or supplying of any programs, documentation, software, analyses, applications,<br />

methods, ways, processes, and the like, in the course of performance or completion of, or in any<br />

way connected with, the Work, or the City's continued use of the Deliverables furnished hereunder.<br />

Accordingly, the Contractor at its own expense, including the payment of attorney's fees, shall<br />

indemnify, and hold harmless the City and defend any action brought against the City with respect<br />

to any claim, demand, and cause of action, debt, or liability.<br />

C. In the event any Deliverable or anything provided to the City hereunder, or a portion thereof is held<br />

to constitute an infringement and its use is or may be enjoined, the Contractor shall have the<br />

obligation, at the City's option, to (i) modify, or require that the applicable subcontractor or supplier<br />

modify, the alleged infringing item(s) at the Contractor’s expense, without impairing in any respect<br />

the functionality or performance of the item(s), or (ii) procure for the City, at the Contractor's<br />

expense, the rights provided under this Agreement to use the item(s).<br />

D. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for determining and informing the City whether a<br />

prospective supplier or subcontractor is a party to any litigation involving patent or copyright<br />

infringement, service mark, trademark, violation, or proprietary rights claims or is subject to any<br />

injunction which may prohibit it from providing any Deliverable hereunder. The Contractor shall<br />

enter into agreements with all suppliers and subcontractors at the Contractor's own risk. The City<br />

may reject any Deliverable that it believes to be the subject of any such litigation or injunction, or if,<br />

in the City's judgment, use thereof would delay the Work or be unlawful.<br />

E. The Contractor shall not infringe any copyright, trademark, service mark, trade secrets, patent<br />

rights, or other intellectual property rights in the performance of the Work.<br />

1.80 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION<br />

As a political subdivision of the State of Florida, the City of North Miami Beach is subject to the provisions of<br />

Florida's Public Records Law.<br />

The Contractor acknowledges that all computer software in the City's possession may constitute or contain<br />

information or materials which the City has agreed to protect as proprietary information from disclosure or<br />

unauthorized use and may also constitute or contain information or materials which the City has developed<br />

at its own expense, the disclosure of which could harm the City's proprietary interest therein.<br />

During the term of the contract, the Contractor will not use directly or indirectly for itself or for others, or<br />

publish or disclose to any third party, or remove from the City's property, any computer programs, data<br />

compilations, or other software which the City has developed, has used or is using, is holding for use, or<br />

which are otherwise in the possession of the City (hereinafter “Computer Software”). All third-party license<br />

agreements must also be honored by the contractors and their employees, except as authorized by the City<br />

and, if the Computer Software has been leased or purchased by the City, all third party license agreements<br />

must also be honored by the contractors’ employees with the approval of the lessor or Contractors thereof.<br />

This includes mainframe, minis, telecommunications, personal computers and any and all information<br />

technology software.<br />

Page 28 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 29 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The Contractor will report to the City any information discovered or which is disclosed to the Contractor<br />

which may relate to the improper use, publication, disclosure or removal from the City's property of any<br />

information technology software and hardware and will take such steps as are within the Contractor's<br />

authority to prevent improper use, disclosure or removal.<br />

1.81 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS<br />

A. The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the City retains all rights, title and interests in<br />

and to all materials, data, documentation and copies thereof furnished by the City to the Contractor<br />

hereunder or furnished by the Contractor to the City and/or created by the Contractor for delivery<br />

to the City, even if unfinished or in process, as a result of the Services the Contractor performs in<br />

connection with this Agreement, including all copyright and other proprietary rights therein, which<br />

the Contractor as well as its employees, agents, subcontractors and suppliers may use only in<br />

connection with the performance of Services under this Agreement. The Contractor shall not,<br />

without the prior written consent of the City, use such documentation on any other project in which<br />

the Contractor or its employees, agents, subcontractors or suppliers are or may become engaged.<br />

Submission or distribution by the Contractor to meet official regulatory requirements or for other<br />

purposes in connection with the performance of Services under this Agreement shall not be<br />

construed as publication in derogation of the City's copyrights or other proprietary rights.<br />

B. All rights, title and interest in and to certain inventions, ideas, designs and methods, specifications<br />

and other documentation related thereto developed by the Contractor and its subcontractors<br />

specifically for the City, hereinafter referred to as "Developed Works" shall become the property of<br />

the City.<br />

C. Accordingly, neither the Contractor nor its employees, agents, subcontractors or suppliers shall<br />

have any proprietary interest in such Developed Works. The Developed Works may not be utilized,<br />

reproduced or distributed by or on behalf of the Contractor, or any employee, agent, subcontractor<br />

or supplier thereof, without the prior written consent of the City, except as required for the<br />

Contractor's performance hereunder.<br />

D. Except as otherwise provided in subsections a, b, and c above, or elsewhere herein, the Contractor<br />

and its subcontractors and suppliers hereunder shall retain all proprietary rights in and to all<br />

licensed software provided hereunder, that have not been customized to satisfy the performance<br />

criteria set forth in the Scope of Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor hereby<br />

grants, and shall require that its subcontractors and suppliers grant, if the City so desires, a<br />

perpetual, irrevocable and unrestricted right and license to use, duplicate, disclose and/or permit<br />

any other person(s) or entity(ies) to use all such licensed software and the associated<br />

specifications, technical data and other documentation for the operations of the City or entities<br />

controlling, controlled by, under common control with, or affiliated with the City, or organizations<br />

which may hereafter be formed by or become affiliated with the City. Such license specifically<br />

includes, but is not limited to, the right of the City to use and/or disclose, in whole or in part, the<br />

technical documentation and licensed software, including any source code provided hereunder, to<br />

any person or entity outside the City for such person's or entity's use in furnishing any and/or all of<br />

the Deliverables provided hereunder exclusively for the City or entities controlling, controlled by,<br />

under common control with, or affiliated with the City, or organizations which may hereafter be<br />

formed by or become affiliated with the City. No such licensed software, specifications,<br />

data, documentation or related information shall be deemed to have been given in confidence and<br />

any statement or legend to the contrary shall be void and of no effect.<br />

1.82 BUSINESS APPLICATION AND FORMS<br />

The Contractor shall be a registered vendor with the City Procurement Management Division for the duration<br />

of this Agreement. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to file the appropriate vendor application and to<br />

update the application file for any changes for the duration of this Agreement, including any option years.<br />

Section 2-11.1(d) of the Miami-Dade County Code as amended by Ordinance 00-1, requires any City<br />

employee or any member of the employee’s immediate family who has a controlling financial interest, direct<br />

or indirect, with the City or any person or agency acting for the City competing or applying for any such<br />

contract as it pertains to this solicitation, must first request a conflict of interest opinion from the County’s<br />

Ethic Commission prior to their or their immediate family member’s entering into any contract or transacting


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 30 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

any business through a firm, corporation, partnership or business entity in which the employee or any<br />

member of the employee’s immediate family has a controlling financial interest, direct or indirect, with the<br />

City of North Miami Beach or any person or agency acting for the City and that any such contract,<br />

agreement or business engagement entered in violation of this subsection, as amended, shall render this<br />

Agreement voidable. For additional information, please contact the Ethics Commission hotline at (305) 579-<br />

2593.<br />

1.83 LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS<br />

Contractor agrees to comply, subject to applicable professional standards, with the provisions of any and all<br />

applicable Federal, State, County and City orders, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations which may<br />

pertain to the Services required under this Agreement, including but not limited to:<br />

A. Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO), in compliance with Executive Order 11246 as amended and<br />

applicable to this Contract.<br />

B. Miami-Dade County Florida, Department of Small Business Development Participation Provisions,<br />

as applicable to this Contract.<br />

C. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), as applicable to this Contract.<br />

D. Miami-Dade County Code, Chapter 11A, Article 3. All contractors and subcontractors performing<br />

work in connection with this Contract shall provide equal opportunity for employment because of<br />

race, religion, color, age, sex, national origin, sexual preference, disability or marital status. The<br />

aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading,<br />

demotion or transfer, recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of<br />

compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in<br />

a conspicuous place available for employees and applicants for employment, such notices as may<br />

be required by the Dade County Fair Housing and Employment Commission, or other authority<br />

having jurisdiction over the Work setting forth the provisions of the nondiscrimination law.<br />

E. "Conflicts of Interest" Section 2-11 of the County Code, and Ordinance 01-199.<br />

F. North Miami Beach Purchasing Policies and Procedures Manual Policy 3.6 “Debarment and<br />

Suspension”.<br />

G. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Contractor shall not be required pursuant to<br />

this Agreement to take any action or abstain from taking any action if such action or abstention<br />

would, in the good faith determination of the Contractor, constitute a violation of any law or<br />

regulation to which Contractor is subject, including, but not limited to, laws and regulations requiring<br />

that Contractor conduct its operations in a safe and sound manner.<br />

1.84 NONDISCRIMINATION<br />

During the performance of this Contract, Contractor agrees to not discriminate against any employee or<br />

applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, handicap, marital status, age or national<br />

origin, and will take affirmative action to ensure that they are afforded equal employment opportunities<br />

without discrimination. Such action shall be taken with reference to, but not be limited to, recruitment,<br />

employment, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training or<br />

retraining, including apprenticeship and on-the-job training. By entering into this Contract with the City, the<br />

Contractor attests that it is not in violation of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (and related Acts). If<br />

the Contractor or any owner, subsidiary or other firm affiliated with or related to the Contractor is found by<br />

the responsible enforcement agency or the City to be in violation of the Act, such violation shall render this<br />

Contract void. This Contract shall be void if the Contractor submits a false affidavit or the Contractor<br />

violates the Act during the term of this Contract, even if the Contractor was not in violation at the time it<br />

submitted its affidavit.<br />

1.85 CONFLICT OF INTEREST<br />

The Contractor represents that:


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

A. No officer, director, employee, agent, or other consultant of the City or a member of the immediate<br />

family or household of the aforesaid has directly or indirectly received or been promised any form of<br />

benefit, payment or compensation, whether tangible or intangible, in connection with the grant of<br />

this Agreement.<br />

B. There are no undisclosed persons or entities interested with the Contractor in this Agreement. This<br />

Agreement is entered into by the Contractor without any connection with any other entity or person<br />

making a proposal for the same purpose, and without collusion, fraud or conflict of interest. No<br />

elected or appointed officer or official, director, employee, agent or other consultant of the City, or<br />

of the State of Florida (including elected and appointed members of the legislative and executive<br />

branches of government), or member of the immediate family or household of any of the aforesaid:<br />

1. Is interested on behalf of or through the Contractor directly or indirectly in any manner<br />

whatsoever in the execution or the performance of this Agreement, or in the services, supplies<br />

or work, to which this Agreement relates or in any portion of the revenues; or<br />

2. Is an employee, agent, advisor, or consultant to the Contractor or to the best of the<br />

Contractor’s knowledge, any subcontractor or supplier to the Contractor.<br />

C. Neither the Contractor nor any officer, director, employee, agent, parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of<br />

the Contractor shall have an interest which is in conflict with the Contractor’s faithful performance of<br />

its obligations under this Agreement; provided that the City, in its sole discretion, may consent<br />

in writing to such a relationship, and provided the Contractor provides the City with a written notice,<br />

in advance, which identifies all the individuals and entities involved and sets forth in detail the<br />

nature of the relationship and why it is in the City's best interest to consent to such relationship.<br />

D. The provisions of this Article are supplemental to, not in lieu of, all applicable laws with respect to<br />

conflict of interest. In the event there is a difference between the standards applicable under this<br />

Agreement and those provided by statute, the stricter standard shall apply.<br />

E. In the event Contractor has no prior knowledge of a conflict of interest as set forth above and<br />

acquires information which may indicate that there may be an actual or apparent violation of any of<br />

the above, Contractor shall promptly bring such information to the attention of the City's Project<br />

Manager. Contractor shall thereafter cooperate with the City's review and investigation of such<br />

information, and comply with the instructions Contractor receives from the Project Manager in<br />

regard to remedying the situation.<br />

1.86 PRESS RELEASE OR OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATION<br />

Under no circumstances shall the Contractor, its employees, agents, subcontractors and suppliers, without<br />

the express written consent of the City:<br />

1.87 BANKRUPTCY<br />

A. Issue or permit to be issued any press release, advertisement or literature of any kind which refers<br />

to the City, or the Work being performed hereunder, unless the Contractor first obtains the written<br />

approval of the City. Such approval may be withheld if for any reason the City believes that the<br />

publication of such information would be harmful to the public interest or is in any way undesirable;<br />

and<br />

B. Communicate in any way with any contractor, department, board, agency, council or other<br />

organization or any person whether governmental or private in connection with the Services to be<br />

performed hereunder except upon prior written approval and instruction of the City; and<br />

C. Represent, directly or indirectly, that any product or service provided by the Contractor or such<br />

parties has been approved or endorsed by the City, except as may be required by law.<br />

The City reserves the right to terminate this contract if, during the term of any contract the Contractor has<br />

with the City, the Contractor becomes involved as a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding, or becomes involved<br />

Page 31 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

in a reorganization, dissolution, or liquidation proceeding, or if a trustee or receiver is appointed over all or a<br />

substantial portion of the property of the Contractor under federal bankruptcy law or any state insolvency<br />

law.<br />

1.88 GOVERNING LAW<br />

This Contract, including appendices, and all matters relating to this Contract (whether in contract, statute,<br />

tort (such as negligence), or otherwise) shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of<br />

the State of Florida.<br />

1.89 SURVIVAL<br />

The parties acknowledge that any of the obligations in this Agreement will survive the term, termination and<br />

cancellation hereof. Accordingly, the respective obligations of the Contractor and the City under this<br />

Agreement, which by nature would continue beyond the termination, cancellation or expiration thereof, shall<br />

survive termination, cancellation or expiration hereof.<br />

1.90 CANCELLATION FOR UNAPPROPRIATED FUNDS<br />

The obligation of the City for payment to a Contractor is limited to the availability of funds appropriated in a<br />

current fiscal period, and continuation of the contract into a subsequent fiscal period is subject to<br />

appropriation of funds, unless otherwise authorized by law.<br />

1.91 ASBESTOS STATEMENT<br />

All material supplied must be 100% asbestos free. Bidder, by virtue of bidding, certifies that if awarded any<br />

portion of the ITB he will supply only material or equipment that is 100% asbestos free.<br />

1.92 VERBAL INSTRUCTIONS PROCEDURE<br />

No negotiations, decisions, or actions shall be initiated or executed by the Contractor as a result of any<br />

discussions with any City employee. Only those communications which are in writing from an authorized City<br />

representative may be considered. Only written communications from Contractors, which are assigned by a<br />

person designated as authorized to bind the Contractor, will be recognized by the City as duly authorized<br />

expressions on behalf of Contractors.<br />

1.93 COST ADJUSTMENTS<br />

The cost for all items as quoted herein shall remain firm for the first five years of the contract. Costs for<br />

subsequent years and any extension term years shall be subject to an adjustment only if increases occur in<br />

the industry. However, unless very unusual and significant changes have occurred in the industry, such<br />

increases shall not exceed 3% per year or, whichever is less, the latest yearly percentage increase in the All<br />

Urban Consumers Price Index (CPU-U) (National) as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Dept.<br />

of Labor. The yearly increase or decrease in the CPI shall be that latest index published and available ninety<br />

(90) days prior to the end of the contract year then in effect compared to the index for the same month one<br />

year prior. Any requested cost increase shall be fully documented and submitted to the City at least ninety<br />

(90) days prior to the contract anniversary date. Any approved cost adjustments shall become effective upon<br />

the anniversary date of the contract. In the event the CPI or industry costs decline, the City shall have the<br />

right to receive from the Contractor reduction in costs that reflect such cost changes in the industry. The City<br />

may, after examination, refuse to accept the adjusted costs if they are not properly documented, increases<br />

are considered to be excessive, or decreases are considered to be insufficient. In the event the City does<br />

not wish to accept the adjusted costs and the matter cannot be resolved to the satisfaction of the City, the<br />

contract can be cancelled by the City upon giving thirty (30) days written notice to the Contractor.<br />

1.94 PROHIBITION OF INTEREST<br />

No contract will be awarded to a bidding firm who has City elected officials, officers or employees affiliated<br />

with it, unless the bidding firm has fully complied with current Florida State Statutes and City Ordinances<br />

relating to this issue. Bidders must disclose any such affiliation. Failure to disclose any such affiliation will<br />

result in disqualification of the Bidder or termination of the agreement, removal of the Bidder from the City’s<br />

Page 32 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

bidder lists, and prohibition from engaging in any business with the City.<br />

1.95 NO CONTINGENT FEES<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Vendor warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person other than a bona fide<br />

employee working solely for the Vendor to solicit or secure this Agreement, and that it has not paid or<br />

agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual, or firm, other than a bona fide employee<br />

working solely for the Vendor any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or other consideration contingent upon<br />

or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For the breach or infraction of this provision, the<br />

City shall have the right to terminate the Agreement without liability at its discretion, to deduct from the<br />

contract price, or otherwise recover the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, gift or<br />

consideration.<br />

1.96 E-VERIFY<br />

Contractor acknowledges that the City may be utilizing the Contractor’s services for a project that is funded<br />

in whole or in part by State funds pursuant to a contract between the City and a State agency. Contractor<br />

shall be responsible for complying with the E-Verify requirements in the contract and using the U.S.<br />

Department of Homeland Security’s E-Verify system to verify the employment of all new employees hired by<br />

Contractor during the Agreement term. The Contractor is also responsible for e-verifying its subcontractors,<br />

if any, pursuant to any agreement between the City and a State Agency, and reporting to the City any<br />

required information. Contractor acknowledges that the terms of this paragraph are material terms, the<br />

breach of any of which shall constitute a default under this Agreement.<br />

1.97 FORCE MAJEURE<br />

The Agreement which is awarded to the successful proposer may provide that the performance of any act by<br />

the City or Contractor hereunder may be delayed or suspended at any time while, but only so long as, either<br />

party is hindered in or prevented from performance by acts of God, the elements, war, rebellion, strikes,<br />

lockouts or any cause beyond the reasonable control of such party, provided however, the City shall have<br />

the right to provide substitute service from third parties or City forces and in such event the City shall<br />

withhold payment due Contractor for such period of time. If the condition of force majeure exceeds a period<br />

of 14 days the City may, at its option and discretion, cancel or renegotiate this Agreement.<br />

1.98 BUDGETARY CONSTRAINTS<br />

In the event the City is required to reduce contract costs due to budgetary constraints, all services specified<br />

in this document may be subject to a permanent or temporary reduction in budget. In such an event, the<br />

total cost for the affected service shall be reduced as required. The Contractor shall also be provided with a<br />

minimum 30-day notice prior to any such reduction in budget.<br />

1.99 ANNEXATION<br />

Contractor agrees to extend all terms, conditions and pricing in this agreement and any amendments<br />

thereto, to any areas annexed into the City.<br />

1.99 A.LITIGATION VENUE<br />

The parties waive the privilege of venue and agree that all litigation between them in the state courts shall<br />

take place in Miami-Dade County, Florida and that all litigation between them in the federal courts shall take<br />

place in the Southern District of Florida.<br />

1.99 B.SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY<br />

Nothing in this agreement shall be interpreted or construed to mean that the city waives its common law<br />

sovereign immunity or the limits on liability set forth in Section 768.28, Florida Statute.<br />

Page 33 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

SECTION 2.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

2.1 QUESTIONS REGARDING SPECIFICATIONS<br />

Any questions regarding the specifications shall be addressed to the Chief Procurement Officer, Procurement<br />

Management Division, City of North Miami Beach, via e-mail at bids@citynmb.com or in writing to 17011 NE 19<br />

Avenue, Room 315, North Miami Beach, Florida 33162.<br />

Any oral instructions given are not binding. All questions and interpretations will be clarified in writing to all<br />

bidders by written addenda. Failure of a bidder to receive and/or acknowledge any addendum shall not release<br />

the bidder from any obligations under this bid.<br />

2.2 BID GUARANTY<br />

Each bid must be accompanied by a bid guaranty in the amount of not less than five percent (5%) of the total<br />

amount of the bid, issued by a properly licensed surety company approved by the City of North Miami Beach.<br />

Should the successful bidder fail to furnish a Performance and Payment Bond, the bid guaranty shall be forfeit.<br />

2.3 PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT, AND MAINTENANCE BONDS<br />

Within ten (10) days of the award of contract, the contractor shall provide the following surety bonds, each in<br />

the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, and issued by a properly licensed surety<br />

company, listed in the current issue of the Federal Register published by the Department of the Treasury,<br />

acceptable to the City of North Miami Beach, on forms acceptable to the City. The bonds should provide that<br />

the surety's liability will be co-extensive with the contractor's liability, and should contain a provision that the<br />

surety waives notice of changes to the contract, including, but not limited to, changes in the times for<br />

performance.<br />

A. A Performance and One-Year Warranty Bond covering the faithful performance of the contract and a<br />

one-year warranty on labor and materials from the date of final acceptance of the work.<br />

B. A Labor and Material Payment Bond.<br />

2.4 VARIATIONS, CONTRADICTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS<br />

Any variations from bid specifications, no matter how slight, including substitutions of products or methods,<br />

must be noted and explained fully in a submittal with bid entitled "Exceptions to Specifications". If no<br />

exceptions are noted, it shall be understood that the plans and specifications will be adhered to exactly.<br />

Where an "or equal" is specified, the City shall be the sole judge in determining equality. Any deviation from<br />

these specifications and/or changes during construction must be approved by the City and design professional,<br />

in writing. If the plans and specifications are in contradiction, or if they contain any errors or omissions, bidders<br />

shall notify the Purchasing Division in writing at least ten (10) working days before the bid opening, or at the<br />

pre-bid conference, to allow sufficient time to resolve all discrepancies.<br />

2.5 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY<br />

The Contractor shall visit the site of the work and examine the plans, and it will be assumed that the Contractor<br />

has investigated and is fully informed as to the conditions and materials to be encountered as to character,<br />

quality, and quantities of work to be performed, and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the<br />

plans.<br />

In the event Contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, immediately call it to the attention of the<br />

City's Project Manager or the Chief Procurement Officer for interpretation or decision, and such decision shall<br />

be final. Bidder shall advise the City in writing, at least ten days prior to bid opening, of any conditions which<br />

may adversely affect the work.<br />

No exceptions will be considered on behalf of the Contractor, after the bids are opened, for any error or<br />

negligence in determining the site conditions; and, the Contractor shall become responsible for any changes to<br />

the work required as a consequence of such pre-existing conditions.<br />

Page 34 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

2.6 LICENSES<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

A Copy of the Contractor's and Subcontractors' Licenses shall be enclosed with each bid.<br />

2.7 AWARD OF CONTRACT<br />

Award will be made only to responsible, licensed contractors possessing the potential ability to perform<br />

successfully under the terms and conditions of these specifications. Consideration will be given to such<br />

matters as contractor integrity, compliance with public policy, record of past performance, references, and<br />

financial and technical resources.<br />

Contractors submitting bids must be regularly engaged in the trade or trades relating to the bids submitted.<br />

2.8 BID TIMETABLE<br />

The tentative schedule for this BID and contract approval is as follows:<br />

3/23/12 Advertisement<br />

03/30/12 9:00 am Non- Mandatory pre-bid meeting and sites visit<br />

04/17/12 2:00pm Last day to ask questions<br />

04/24/12 2:00pm Bid due date and time<br />

04/27/12 2:00pm Review Committee Meeting<br />

05/15/12 Council Approval<br />

05/30/12 NTP<br />

2.9 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING<br />

Soon after Contractor has been notified of award of bid, Contractor, Miami-Dade County’s OCED and City shall<br />

agree upon a date and time for a pre-construction meeting. The Contractor shall have in attendance a principal<br />

of the firm or the project manager. Depending on the scope of the project, the following may also be requested<br />

to attend:<br />

Representatives of utilities<br />

Subcontractors<br />

Suppliers and/or manufacturers<br />

The following matters (if applicable), at a minimum, shall be discussed and presented at this meeting:<br />

Signed contract<br />

Certificates of Insurance<br />

Performance and Payment Bonds<br />

Project Managers<br />

Schedule of Values - The Schedule of Values shall allocate the entire contract sum among the various portions<br />

of the work, and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy. This<br />

Schedule shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.<br />

Construction Schedule with Critical Path Method or Bar Chart Procedure with start and completion dates for<br />

each task.<br />

Notice to Proceed<br />

Schedule of on-site construction progress meetings<br />

Shop drawings<br />

As-builts<br />

Surveys<br />

Applications for progress payments<br />

Change orders<br />

Project signs<br />

Field office/telephone/plan table/portable toilet<br />

Page 35 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Securing of construction site<br />

Subcontractors<br />

Staging area<br />

Material deliveries<br />

City's scheduled events affecting involved facility<br />

Material samples for selection by City of style, color, etc.<br />

Construction plans on site.<br />

Training of City staff on the use and maintenance of materials and/or equipment.<br />

2.10 NOTICE TO PROCEED<br />

Page 36 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The date of commencement of construction will be established during the Pre-Construction Conference, which<br />

shall be held shortly after the award of contract, and will be stated in the Notice to Proceed.<br />

2.11 MATERIALS, INSPECTION, AND RESPONSIBILITY<br />

The City shall have a right to inspect any material to be used in carrying out this contract. The City does not<br />

assume any responsibility for the availability of any controlled materials or other materials and equipment<br />

required under this contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for the contract quality and standards of all<br />

materials, components or completed work finished under this contract for 12 months from the date of final<br />

approved inspection and acceptance. Materials, components, or completed work not complying therewith may<br />

be rejected by the City and shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the City. Any materials or<br />

components rejected shall be removed within a reasonable time from the premises at the entire expense of the<br />

Contractor, after written notice has been mailed by the City to the Contractor that such materials or<br />

components for work have been rejected.<br />

2.12 PROGRESS MEETINGS<br />

The Project Managers will schedule and hold regular on-site progress meetings at least weekly, and at other<br />

times as requested by the City Project Manager. The City, Contractor, and all subcontractors active on the site<br />

shall be represented at each meeting. City or Contractor may request attendance by representatives of<br />

suppliers or manufacturers. The purpose of the meetings will be to review the progress of the Work, maintain<br />

coordination of efforts, discuss changes in scheduling, and resolve problems which may develop.<br />

2.13 PROGRESS PAYMENTS<br />

Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the work, or the<br />

volume, area, or linear measurement of work completed as of the end of the period covered by the Application<br />

for Payment. The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month or as<br />

otherwise agreed upon at the Pre-construction Conference.<br />

CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions.<br />

Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.<br />

Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of<br />

CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on monthly intervals during<br />

construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work based<br />

on the number of units completed.<br />

Prior to 50% completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated<br />

below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as<br />

ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General<br />

Conditions.<br />

90% of Work completed.<br />

Upon 50% Completion, in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the<br />

Contact Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance<br />

with paragraph 14.02.B.5 of the General Conditions.<br />

Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07.B.1 of


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 37 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by<br />

ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07.C.1.<br />

2.14 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION<br />

For the purpose of this project, Substantial Completion shall be defined as that point which the City has<br />

occupancy and/or use of the facility under construction, including equipment and systems installed. Substantial<br />

completion will be 75 days after the Notice to Proceed.<br />

2.15 FINAL COMPLETION<br />

For the purpose of this project, Final Completion shall be defined at that point after which the Director of Public<br />

Services or his representative, the City’s Building Official, and the using Department have made and approved<br />

the Final Inspection and the Punch List has been completed, and all deliverable have been provided to the<br />

City. Final Completion will be 15 after substantial completion.<br />

2.16 SUBCONTRACTS<br />

A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the<br />

work covered by these specifications.<br />

The Contractor shall furnish in writing to the City bid the names of the Subcontractors for each of the principal<br />

portions of the work. The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor to whom the City has made<br />

reasonable and timely objection. The final Subcontractor list shall be presented to the City at the Pre-<br />

Construction meeting.<br />

2.17 SUPERVISION<br />

The Contractor is to be responsible for his employees and Subcontractors, and for compliance with all laws and<br />

ordinances governing his work. He shall be responsible for the accuracy of the laying out and giving his<br />

personal superintendence to the work. He shall have at all times a competent representative available to<br />

answer questions or handle problems, who shall be satisfactory to the City. He shall at all times take proper<br />

precautions to protect his work and materials from damage and disfigurement until accepted.<br />

2.18 PERMITS<br />

The Contractor shall obtain all permits and call for inspections required for this project. Permits required by the<br />

City of North Miami Beach Community Development Department, Building Division shall be issued at no cost<br />

except for applicable State, County, and Microfilm Fees. The contractor shall be responsible for the payment of<br />

the following fees (when applicable) including but not limited to: State BPR Building Certification Fee, State<br />

DCA Surcharge, County Code Compliance Fee, Microfilm Fee, and Structural Examination Fee. The City shall<br />

reimburse Contractors for actual cost of these fees. Fees for re-inspections shall be charged to the Contractor<br />

at normal rate and all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. All other permits required for this project will be<br />

obtained and paid for by the City.<br />

2.19 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY<br />

The Contractor shall take extra precaution to protect all property while removing and replacing materials and<br />

equipment. Any damage done by the Contractor, whether it is necessary to the installation or accidental, shall<br />

be corrected to its original or better state, and shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Director of the<br />

Department of Public Services.<br />

2.20 WARRANTY<br />

All materials and workmanship must be warranted for a minimum period of one year from the date of final<br />

acceptance. Equipment or systems carrying more than a one year warranty shall be enumerated on the Bid<br />

Proposal form.<br />

2.2 FINAL ACCEPTANCE<br />

The Final Inspection shall be made only after the City is satisfied that the work described in the plans and


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Page 38 of 68<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

specifications has been completed in accordance with the intent of these specifications. The acceptance of the<br />

work shall not in any way prejudice the City's rights to demand replacement of defective materials and<br />

workmanship.<br />

2.23 SAFETY<br />

Contractor shall provide and place safety barriers and signage to modify and direct circulation at and around<br />

construction site. Every effort shall be made to minimize and limit construction noise, dirt, and dust.<br />

2.24 ASBESTOS<br />

No asbestos containing materials have been designed into this project, nor have been specified. Contractor<br />

shall use no asbestos containing materials in the execution of the work covered by these specifications.<br />

2.25 TRAINING<br />

Contractor shall provide training to City staff on the use and maintenance of equipment and/or materials use in<br />

this project.<br />

2.26 MANUALS<br />

Contractor shall provide two manufacturers' training and maintenance manuals for any equipment installed.<br />

2.27 CHANGE ORDERS<br />

Each Change Order to the Contract must be supported in writing and signed by the Contractor and the City.<br />

Without this prior written authorization, the City will not pay for extra work performed.<br />

2.28 CLEAN UP<br />

Contractor shall remove and dispose of any dirt or debris resulting from this project. All debris shall be<br />

disposed of at an authorized dumping facility. Dump tickets shall be submitted to the City with each pay<br />

request.<br />

Exposed metal shall be polished, glass shall be cleaned, surrounding structures or landscaping affected or<br />

damaged during completion of this project shall be restored to an equal or better condition. Paint shall be<br />

touched up if and where needed. Contractor's equipment and surplus material shall be removed from site.<br />

2.29 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS<br />

All documents including Plans and specifications can be found at : www.citynmb.com. Type “2012-09” in the<br />

search field and hit enter.<br />

2.30 CONTRACT TIME/LIQUIDATED DAMAGES<br />

Applicable liquidated damages are the amounts established in the following schedule:<br />

Contract Amount<br />

Daily Charge per Calendar Day<br />

$50,000 and under $313<br />

Over $50,000 but less than $250,000 $580<br />

$250,000 but less than $500,000 $715<br />

$500,000 but less than $2,500,000 $1423<br />

$2,500,000 but less than $5,000,000 $2121<br />

$5,000,000 but less than $10,000,000 $3057<br />

$10,000,000 but less than $15,000,000 $3598<br />

$15,000,000 but less than $20,000,000 $4544<br />

$20,000,000 and over $8537 plus 0.00027 of any<br />

amount over $20 million<br />

Work shall commence immediately upon Notice to Proceed, which may be in the form of a signed Purchase<br />

Order, as time is of the essence for completion.


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

The work shall be substantially complete within ninety (105) calendar days from the date of the notice to<br />

proceed. The project shall be complete and ready for final payment within fourteen (15) calendar days of<br />

the date of substantial completion. The project shall be complete and ready for Final Payment in accordance<br />

with Par. 14.07 of the General Conditions of the construction contract.<br />

The City and the Contractor shall recognize that time is of the essence and that the City will suffer financial<br />

loss if the work is not completed within the times specified in the above paragraph, plus any extensions<br />

thereof approved by the City in writing. They shall also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties<br />

involved in proving in an arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by the City if the work is not<br />

completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring such proof, the city and the Contractor agree that as<br />

liquidated damaged for delay (but not as a penalty) the Contractor shall pay the owner Five hundred and<br />

eighty Dollars ($580.00) for each day that expires after the time specified above for Substantial Completion<br />

and one hundred Dollars ($200.00) for each day that expires after the time specified above for Completion<br />

and ready for final payment until the Work is Complete.<br />

2.31 CONTRACTORS REPRESENTATIONS<br />

CONTRACTOR must familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site,<br />

locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress,<br />

performance or furnishing of the Work.<br />

CONTRACTOR must give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has<br />

discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to<br />

CONTRACTOR.<br />

Page 39 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

SECTION 3.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

3.1 BACKGROUND<br />

3.2 SCOPE<br />

The current City Hall complex includes the Littman Theater, the Yes Center and City Hall Offices. Each of<br />

these facilities has an independent dated fire alarm system and each system has some sort of codecompliance<br />

issue. The project proposes to provide one integrated code-compliant modern fire alarm system<br />

for all of the facilities within the complex.<br />

Page 40 of 68


North Miami Beach City Hall<br />

Fire Alarm System Replace<br />

Specifications & Submittals


Fire Alarm System Specification.<br />

1.- GENERAL<br />

References.<br />

The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are<br />

referred to within the text by the basic designation only.<br />

ASME A17.1 (2007; Addenda A-2008): Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators<br />

Florida Building Code (2007):<br />

IEEE C62.41.1 (2002; R 2008): Guide on the Surges Environment in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits.<br />

NFPA 101 (2006): Life Safety Code.<br />

NFPA 70 (2008): National Electric Code<br />

NFPA 72 (2007): National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.<br />

NFPA 90A (2009): Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems<br />

UL 1971 (R 2008): Standard for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired.<br />

1.1 Scope.<br />

This specification refers to the installation of a new, complete analog/addressable fire alarm system as<br />

described herein and on the contract drawings for the North Miami Beach City Hall, located at 17011 NE 19 th<br />

Avenue, North Miami Beach, FL. 33162. The new Fire Alarm System shall be a Central Station Service Fire<br />

Alarm System as specified in NFPA72 Ch. 8.2. The system shall include wiring, raceways, pull boxes, terminal<br />

cabinets, outlet and mounting boxes, control equipment, alarm, and supervisory signal initiating devices, alarm<br />

notification appliances, supervising station fire alarm system transmitter, and other accessories and<br />

miscellaneous items required for a complete operating system even though each item is not specifically<br />

mentioned or described. Provide system complete and ready for operation. Equipment, materials, installation,<br />

workmanship, inspection, and testing shall be in strict accordance with the required and advisory provisions of<br />

NFPA 72 and Florida Building Code (Fire Prevention Code). The system layout on the drawings shows the<br />

intent of coverage and is shown in suggested locations. Fire Alarm Contractor shall consider in his bid a 10%<br />

more of each initiation and notification devices to satisfy any requirement of the Authority Having Jurisdiction<br />

(AHJ), in this case Miami Dade County Fire Department, and those devices, if not used, will be returned to the<br />

Owner for maintenance and replacement. Provide 25 percent spare capacity in each equipment (address<br />

direction, power, and circuit load.<br />

1.2 Submittals.<br />

AHJ approval is required for submittals. Provide four complete sets of submittals.<br />

Provide plan view drawing showing device locations, terminal cabinet locations, junction boxes, other related<br />

equipment, wire counts, circuit identification, and circuit layouts for all floors.<br />

Provide a complete riser diagram showing the general arrangement of the system, in building cross-section,<br />

type and number of circuits in each riser, type and number of each fire alarm system component / devices on<br />

each circuit, on each floor or level. Include a color code schedule for the wiring.<br />

Provide a complete description of the system operation in matrix format on the drawings.<br />

Include annotated catalog data, in table format on the drawings, showing manufacturer’s name, model,<br />

voltage, and catalog numbers for equipment and components.<br />

1.3 Test <strong>Report</strong>s.<br />

Furnish preliminary test result to the AHJ. Include the control panel and initiating and indicating devices, a<br />

unique identifier for each device with an indication of test results, and signature of the factory-trained<br />

technician of the control panel manufacturer and equipment installer. With reports on preliminary test, include<br />

printer information.<br />

1.4 Certificates; Qualification of Installer


Installer shall have an office, which has been in existence for at least 3 years within a 50 miles radius of the job<br />

site. Installation shall be accomplished by an electrical contractor with a minimum of 5 years; experience in the<br />

installation of fire alarm systems. The AHJ may reject any proposed installer who cannot show evidence of<br />

such qualifications. The services of a technician provided by the control equipment manufacturer shall be<br />

provided to supervise installation, adjustments, and tests of the system.<br />

The contractor shall furnish evidence that the fire alarm equipment supplier has an experienced and effective<br />

service organization which carries a stock of repair parts for the system to be furnished .The Contractor shall<br />

guarantee labor, materials, and equipment provided under this contract against defects for a period of one<br />

year after the date of final acceptance of this work by the AHJ and the receipt of the as-built drawings and<br />

schematics of all equipment.<br />

1.5 Closeout Submittals<br />

Prepare and submit to the AHJ two sets of detailed as-built drawings. The drawings shall include complete<br />

wiring diagrams showing connections between devices and equipment both factory and field wired. Include a<br />

riser diagram and drawings showing the as-built location of devices and equipment. The drawings shall show<br />

the system as installed, including deviations from both the project drawings and the approved shop drawings.<br />

At least one set of as-built (mark-up) drawings shall be provided at the time of, or prior to the final acceptance<br />

test.<br />

1.6 Battery Power Calculations.<br />

Verify that battery capacity exceeds supervisory and alarm power requirements.<br />

-Provide complete battery calculations for both the alarm and supervisory power requirements. Ampere hour<br />

requirements for each system component shall be submitted with the calculations.<br />

-Provide data on each circuit to indicate that there is at least 25 percent spare capacity for notification<br />

appliances, 25 percent spare capacity for initiating devices. Annotate data to each circuit on the drawings.<br />

The secondary power supply for emergency voice/alarm communication service shall be capable of operating<br />

the system under quiescent load for a minimum of 24 hours and then shall be capable of operating the system<br />

during a fire or other emergency condition for a period of 15 minutes at maximum connected load.<br />

1.7 Regulatory Requirements.<br />

Devices and equipment for fire alarm service shall listed by UL Fire Protection Direction. The omission of these<br />

terms under the description of any item of equipment described shall not be construed as waiving this<br />

requirement.<br />

Provide materials, equipment, and devices that have been tested by a nationally recognized testing laboratory,<br />

such as UL or FM, and listed or approved for fire protection service. Select material from one manufacturer,<br />

where possible, and not a combination of manufacturers, for any particular classification of materials.<br />

1.8 Spare Parts.<br />

Furnish the following spare parts and accessories:<br />

- 10% of each type of initiating devices<br />

- 10% of each type of notification devices<br />

Those spare devices shall be included in the contractor’s bid and could be used to satisfy any request coming<br />

from the AHJ. Rest of the devices shall be under the Owner custody for future replacement and maintenance.<br />

1.9 Existing Fire Alarm System.<br />

Existing fire alarm equipment shall be maintained fully operational until the new equipment has been tested<br />

and accepted by the AHJ. As new equipment is installed, it shall be labeled “NOT IN SERVICE” until the new<br />

equipment is accepted. Once the new system is completed, tested, and accepted by the AHJ, it shall be<br />

placed in service and connected to the Central Station Supervising Center. New equipment shall have tags<br />

removed and the existing equipment shall be tagged “NOT IN SERVICE” until removed from the building<br />

during the demolition phase of the works.<br />

After the acceptance of the new system by the AHJ, existing equipment not connected to the new system shall<br />

be removed, unused exposed conduit shall be removed, and damaged surfaces shall be restored. The<br />

material shall be removed from the site and disposed of by the Fire Alarm Contractor.


If a partial startup of the new system will be required, both systems, the existing and the new one, shall be<br />

interconnected in a “hand-shake” mode. All alarm, trouble and supervising signals shall be transferred from a<br />

system to the other. In the same way the transmission of the signals to the supervising station shall be<br />

maintained. A detailed step-by-step schedule (in time and in space) shall be submitted to, and approved by,<br />

the AHJ before any action shall be taken in that direction. The schedule must be emphasized on the testing of<br />

the existing to remain fire alarm section and the new fire alarm section co-operation. A “fire-watch” shall be<br />

required if necessary at the AHJ discretion.<br />

2.- SYSTEM OPERATION<br />

The system shall be a complete, supervised, coded, analog / addressable fire alarm system conforming to<br />

NFPA-72. The system shall have an interconnected riser loop for initiating devices (signaling line circuit, SLC)<br />

having Class B Style 4 supervision. Where the building has two stairs for egress from floor above grade, any<br />

single impairment of the system shall not adversely affect the system in more than one of any floor. The<br />

system shall operate in the alarm mode upon actuation of any alarm initiating device. The system shall remain<br />

in the alarm mode until initiating device(s) are reset and the fire alarm control panel is manually reset and<br />

restored to normal. The system shall provide the following functions and operating features.<br />

a.- The FACP and fire alarm control units shall provide power, annunciation, supervision, and control for the<br />

system.<br />

b.- Provide Class B initiating device circuit (IDC) for conductors lengths of 10 feet or less.<br />

c.- Provide Class B, Style 4 signaling line circuits for each floor.<br />

d.- Provide Class B visual notification appliance circuits (NAC). The visual alarm notification appliances shall<br />

have the flash rates synchronized as per NFPA-74 7.5.4.3.2(3) & (4).<br />

e.- Provide Class A audio notification appliance circuits (ANAC).<br />

f.- The FACP shall provide electrical supervision of the primary power (AC) supply, presence of the battery,<br />

battery voltage, and placement of system modules within the control panel (factory built-in).<br />

g.- The FACP shall provide an audible and visual trouble signal to activate upon a single break or open<br />

condition, or ground fault. The trouble signal shall also operate upon loss of primary voltage supply, absence<br />

of battery supply, low battery voltage, or removal of alarm or supervisory modules. Provide a trouble alarm<br />

silence feature which shall silence the audible trouble signal, without affecting the visual indicator. After the<br />

system returns to normal operating conditions, the trouble signal shall again sound until the trouble is<br />

acknowledged. A smoke sensor in the process of being verified for the actual presence of smoke shall not<br />

initiate a trouble condition.<br />

h.- Provide alarm verification capability for smoke sensors. Alarm verification shall initially be set for 30<br />

seconds.<br />

I.- Alarm, supervisory, and/or trouble signals shall be automatically transmitted to a UL listed Central Station<br />

Service.<br />

j.- Alarm functions shall override trouble or supervisory functions. Supervisory functions shall override trouble<br />

functions.<br />

k.- There shall be not limit, other than maximum system capacity, as to the number of addressable devices<br />

which may be in alarm simultaneously.<br />

l.- Where the fire alarm system is responsible for initiating an action in another emergency control device or<br />

system, such as an HVAC system, and atrium exhaust system, a smoke control system, and / or an elevator<br />

system, the addressable fire alarm relay shall be within 3 feet of the emergency control device.<br />

2.1 Alarm Conditions and Sequence of Operation:


a.- Actuation of alarm notification appliances or emergency voice communication, and annunciation at the<br />

protected premises shall occur within 10 seconds after the activation of an initiating device.<br />

The visual and audio notification alarm shall be transmitted by the strobe, speaker and speaker/strobe devices<br />

as a general alarm signal throughout the building. However the system shall be capable to override the voice<br />

evacuation signal using the main or remote microphones and selecting a particular evacuation zone. Six zones<br />

shall be defined in the building:<br />

- Zone 1: The Auditorium Hall of the Performer Arts Theatre<br />

- Zone 2: The rest of the Performer Arts center<br />

- Zone 3: Ground floor City Hall offices<br />

- Zone 4: Second floor City Hall offices<br />

- Zone 5: Third floor City Hall offices<br />

- Zone 6: Fourth floor City Hall offices<br />

b.- An alarm signal shall automatically initiate the following sequence of operations:<br />

1. Actuation of any initiating device shall generate a visual and audible signal at the fire alarm control<br />

panel and in each remote annunciator panel, indicating in the alphanumeric display the alarmed<br />

device and its location.<br />

2. Transmit a fire alarm signal to the designated UL listed Central Station service by way of Digital Alarm<br />

Communicator Transmitter (DACT).<br />

3. Generate an audible - visible alarm signal simultaneously on all areas of the building by means of<br />

notification devices (speakers, strobes, and combination devices).<br />

4. Continuous actuation of all alarm notification devices. The voice evacuation notification system shall<br />

deliver a pre-recorded alarm message. These messages can be override using the remote<br />

microphone stations.<br />

5. Recording of the event via the system memory and printer if installed.<br />

6. Release of door held open by electromagnetic devices.<br />

7. Release of power to electric lock doors which are part of the means of egress.<br />

8. Shut down the HVAC system not part of the smoke evacuation system.<br />

9. Shut down of the boiler system.<br />

10. Operation of a smoke sensor in an elevator lobby or other location associated with the automatic<br />

recall of elevators, shall recall elevators in addition to other requirements of this paragraph. Activation<br />

of the smoke detector in the designated level shall send the elevator cab to the alternate level.<br />

11. Operation of a heat detector serving an elevator machinery room and elevator hoistway shall operate<br />

shunt trip circuit breaker to shut down power to the elevator in accordance with ASME A17.1. Also,<br />

the activation of any initiating devices (smoke and/or heat detectors) in elevator machine room or<br />

elevator hoistway shall activate the warning light at the elevator cab indicating to fire fighters that<br />

elevators is no longer safe to use.<br />

12. Operation of initiating device associated with the sprinkler system shall activate an alarm and<br />

notification signals at the fire alarm system. Flow switches installed in each floor / zone sprinkler<br />

control valve shall be monitored for alarm by the fire alarm system.<br />

13. The actuation of other fire extinguisher systems (clean agent system) shall annunciate an alarm<br />

condition at the building fire alarm control unit.<br />

c.- A supervisory signal shall automatically initiate the following functions:<br />

1. Visual indication of the device operated on the FACP and on the remote annunciator, and sound of<br />

audible alarm at the respective panel.<br />

2. Transmission of a supervisory signal to the UL Central Station Service.<br />

3. Recording of the event in the FACP memory.<br />

d.- A trouble condition shall automatically initiate the following functions:<br />

1. Visual indication of the system trouble on the FACP and on the remote annunciator, and sound the<br />

audible alarm at the respective panel.<br />

2. Transmission of a trouble signal to the UL Central Station Service.<br />

3. Recording of the event in the FACP memory.


e.- Supervisory, trouble and alarm signals shall be transmitted to the UL listed Central Station by means of the<br />

Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT). DACT shall be connected to the public switched telephone<br />

network upstream of any private telephone system at the protected premises. Two telephone lines shall be<br />

provided: a primary line and a secondary line. A two number ISDN line is not a substitute for this requirement.<br />

f.- The maximum permissible elapse time between the actuation of an initiating device and the activation of the<br />

alarm notification appliances or emergency voice communication at the protected premises shall be 10<br />

seconds.<br />

g.- The maximum elapse time between the occurrence of the trouble condition and its indication at the FACP<br />

shall not exceed 200 seconds.<br />

h.- A pre-signal system shall be permitted if approved by the AHJ where the initial fire alarm signal is<br />

automatically transmitted without delay to a Supervisory Central Station, to a fire brigade, and / or to an on-site<br />

staff person trained to respond to a fire emergency.<br />

i.- A positive alarm sequence shall be permitted if approved by the AHJ, providing a timed delay of a general<br />

alarm signal. This delay gives a trained responder up to 3 minutes to investigate the cause of an alarm. The<br />

signal form an automatic fire detection device selected for positive alarm sequence operation shall be<br />

acknowledge at the fire alarm control panel by trained personnel within 15 seconds of annunciation in order to<br />

initiate the alarm investigation phase. Positive alarm sequence, if approved by the AHJ, shall be programmed<br />

at the fire alarm system according to NFPA-72 6.8.1.3.<br />

j.- Water Flow Alarm<br />

Additional to sprinkler control valve monitoring for alarm a Water Flow Alarm shall be installed at the sprinkler<br />

riser. Water Flow Alarm shall not be part of the building automatic fire alarm system. Water Flow Alarm shall<br />

be implemented using one of the existing vane-type water flow switches (flow-switch) and an electrical<br />

operated fire alarm vibrating bell. See diagram on drawing FA3.8B detail 4. This connection allows the alarm<br />

bell to be activated upon water flow only and continue to sound as long as water flowing<br />

The selected flow-switch must to be installed into the sprinkler riser just above the point at which the water<br />

supply enters the building. If the sprinkler system is equipped with an alarm check valve, the vane-type water<br />

flow alarm initiating device shall still use. In this case it would be installed just above the alarm check valve.<br />

This water flow alarm system shall be independent from the building automatic fire alarm system and cannot<br />

be silence from the Fire Alarm Control Panel.<br />

A 10 inches diameter vibrating bell, rated at 24 Vdc shall be installed outdoor, close to the Fire Department<br />

Connection at 8 feet above the finished grade. This vibrating bell shall be listed for outdoor use.<br />

A dedicated 24Vdc voltage source shall be provided to power the water flow alarm bell. This power supply<br />

shall be UL listed for fire alarm and have permanently activated the 24Vdc output. The dedicated 24Vdc power<br />

supply shall have battery backup capable of 24 hours in quiescent condition and 1 hour in alarm. This power<br />

supply shall be monitored by the building automatic fire alarm system for supervisory and trouble conditions.<br />

The 24 Vdc output shall be supervised for integrity by means of an end-of-line resistor placed on the flow<br />

switch contactor lugs. The value of the resistor shall be specified by the power supply manufacturer.<br />

The 24Vdc power supply shall be installed in the fire pump room. Power supply shall be protected from<br />

sprinkler pipes leaks or splash caused by sprinkler inspection ports.<br />

2.2 System Monitoring.<br />

a.- Valves: each valve affecting the proper operation of the fire protection system, including automatic sprinkler<br />

control valves, standpipe control valves, sprinkler service entrance valve, valves at fire pumps, and valves at<br />

backflow preventers, new or existing, shall be electrically monitored to ensure its proper position. Each tamper<br />

switch shall be provided with a separated address, unless they are within the same room, then a maximum of<br />

3 can use the same address.<br />

b.- Independent fire Detection / Suppression System (other than sprinkler system): Each existing independent<br />

smoke detection subsystem and fire extinguishing system shall be monitored for the presence of an alarm<br />

condition and for a supervisory and/or trouble condition. Each monitored condition shall be provided with a<br />

separate address.<br />

2.3 Overvoltage and Surge Protection.


Signaling Line Circuit surge protection: For system having circuits located outdoors, communications<br />

equipment shall be protected against surges induced on any signaling line circuit and shall; comply with the<br />

applicable requirements of IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2 Cables and conductors, which serve as<br />

communications links, shall have surge protection circuits installed at each end.<br />

Sensor wiring surge protection: Digital and analog inputs and outputs shall be protected against surges<br />

induced by sensors wiring installed outdoor and as shown. The inputs and outputs shall be tested with suitable<br />

waveforms.<br />

2.4 Smoke Detectors:<br />

Provide analog/addressable photoelectric type smoke detectors in accordance with UL 268. Provide twist lock<br />

bases for the sensor. The sensor address shall identify the particular unit, its location within the system, and its<br />

sensibility setting. Smoke detectors shall be located based on a descriptive-based design considering a<br />

coverage radius of 18 feet. Fire Alarm Contractor shall verify smoke detector manufacturer’s recommendation<br />

and communicate to the engineer any discrepancy or mismatch.<br />

2.5 Duct smoke detectors:<br />

Duct smoke sensors shall be analog/addressable photoelectric type as described in the paragraph above and<br />

shall be provided in ductwork in accordance with NFPA-90A and manufacturer’s recommendations.<br />

Fire Alarm Contractor shall verify the existing HVAC equipment and provide new smoke duct detectors<br />

according to NFPA72 5.16.4.2 and NFPA90A 6.4. Fire Alarm Contractor must include in his bid at least 6<br />

smoke duct detectors in excess. If finally those smoke duct detectors are not installed, then they shall be part<br />

of the spare parts returned to the Owner for future maintenance and replacement.<br />

Smoke duct detectors shall be applied in order to initiate control of smoke spread:<br />

- Prevention of the smoke recirculation within the building.<br />

- Shut down the air handling unit where the smoke detector is installed.<br />

- Operation of doors and dampers to close the openings in smoke compartment and ducts.<br />

Smoke duct detector shall be installed in the supply air system, downstream of any air filters and ahead of any<br />

duct branch connections in air supply systems having a capacity greater than 2000 cfm.<br />

Return system smoke duct detector shall not be required where the entire space served by the air distribution<br />

system is protected by a system smoke detector.<br />

Smoke duct detector shall be installed according to NFPA72 5.16.4.2.2 and 5.16.2.<br />

A relay module shall be provided to shut down the air supply unit in case of a general alarm no matter the<br />

condition of associate smoke duct detector. A Silent Knight SK-Relay can be housing inside the in-duct smoke<br />

detector model SK-Duct and be programmed for the purpose.<br />

Silent Knight in-duct smoke detector model “SK-Duct” is provided with a SK-Photo-R spot type smoke detector<br />

with capability of be tested from the Fire Alarm Control Panel.<br />

Where the in-duct smoke detectors are installed in concealed locations where the detector’s alarm or<br />

supervisory indicator is not visible to responding personnel, the detectors shall be provided with a remote<br />

visual indicator in an accessible location and shall be clearly labeled to indicate the air handling unit associated<br />

with the detector.<br />

2.6 Smoke Door Release<br />

In a typical door holder application, the door holder power must be interrupted to close all fire doors under the<br />

following conditions:<br />

- any active alarm condition.<br />

- AC power failure (to conserve battery power)<br />

To close the fire doors in these situations, wire a normally closed programmable relay from the FACP in series<br />

with the auxiliary power to the door holders. The power is released when AC power is off for 30seconds or<br />

more, or when the relay from the FACP of Power Booster becomes open. A programmable relay would be<br />

used.<br />

2.7 Thermal Sensors (Heat detectors).


Thermal sensors shall be combination rate-of-rise/fixed temperature sensing. The alarm condition shall be<br />

determined by comparing sensor valve with the stored values. Heat detector provided in elevator machinery<br />

rooms and elevator hoistways are strictly for the warning sign in the elevator cab and elevator power shunt trip<br />

functions.<br />

2.8 Electric Primary Power<br />

Provide primary power for the FACP from a dedicated 120VAC, 20 ampere circuit breaker from the existing AC<br />

service to the building. The circuit breaker shall be painted red, marked “FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, DO NOT<br />

TURN OFF” provided with a red and white engraved plastic sign permanently affixed to the face of the switch,<br />

and provided with a lockable handle or cover. Provide appropriated equipment to protect against power<br />

surges. Provide equipment grounding conductor according to NEC 250.118, 250.120 and table 250.122<br />

Where any emergency generator provides a standby power supply for life safety system circuits, provide a<br />

connection from one of the circuits for the fire alarm panel with identical conditions indicated on the above<br />

paragraph. Transfer from normal to auxiliary (secondary) power or restoration from auxiliary to normal power<br />

shall be automatic and shall not cause transmission of a false alarm.<br />

2.9 Batteries<br />

Provide sealed, maintenance-free, gel-cell batteries as the source for emergency power to the FACP. The<br />

battery system shall be maintained in a fully charged condition by means of a solid state battery charger. The<br />

FACP shall be capable to automatically transfers from regular power to battery system in the event of the<br />

failure of primary power.<br />

Provide the batteries with sufficient capacity to operate the system under supervisory and trouble conditions,<br />

including audible trouble signal devices for 24 hours and audible and visual signal devices under alarm<br />

conditions for an additional 15 minutes.<br />

2.10 System Field Wiring<br />

Provide wiring installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and installed parallel with or at right angles to the<br />

sides and back of any box, enclosure, or cabinet. Conductors which are terminated, spliced, or otherwise<br />

interrupted in any enclosure, cabinet, mounting, or junction box shall be connected to terminal block. Mark<br />

each terminal in accordance with the wiring diagram of the system. Make connections with approved pressure<br />

type terminal blocks, which are securely mounted. The use of wire nuts or similar devices shall be prohibited.<br />

Provide a terminal cabinet at the base of any circuit riser, on each floor at each riser, and where indicated on<br />

the drawings. Terminal size shall be appropriated for the size of the wiring to be connected. Conductor<br />

terminations shall be labeled and an interconnecting schedule shall be permanently mounted in the terminal<br />

cabinet. Minimum size is 6 inches by 6 inches.<br />

2.11 Alarm Wiring<br />

Signaling line circuits and initiating device circuit field wiring shall be copper, No. 16 AWG size conductors at a<br />

minimum. Notification appliance circuit conductors, that contain audible alarm devices, other than speakers,<br />

shall be copper No. 14 AWG size conductors at a minimum. Speaker circuits shall be copper No. 16 AWG size<br />

conductor at a minimum. Firefighter telephone circuits shall be No.16 AWG size conductors (shielded) as a<br />

minimum. Wire size shall be sufficient to prevent voltage drop problems. Circuits operating at 24 VDC shall not<br />

operate at less than 20.6 volts. Circuits operating at any other voltage shall not have a voltage drop exceeding<br />

10 percent of normal voltage. Power wiring, operating at 120VAC minimum shall be No. 12 AWG solid copper<br />

having similar insulation.<br />

All wiring and cabling parts of the initiation, notification, and communication circuits in the fire alarm system<br />

shall be classified as Power Limited Fire Alarm (PLFA) circuits and FPL cable shall be used for wiring. PLFA<br />

circuits shall be installed in raceway or exposed on the surface of ceiling and sidewalls or fished in concealed<br />

spaces. Cable splices or termination shall be made in listed fittings, boxes, enclosures, fire alarm devices, or<br />

utilization equipment. Where installed exposed, cables shall be adequately supported an installed in such a


way that maximum protection against physical damage shall be afforded. Where located within 7 ft of the floor,<br />

cables shall be securely fastened in and approved manner at intervals of not more than 18 inches.<br />

Passing through a floor or wall shall be in metal raceways or rigid nonmetallic conduit, unless adequate<br />

protection can be afforded by building construction. This statement is not valid if the wall or assemble to be<br />

penetrated is a fire rated assemble. In such a case fire rated penetration shall be used.<br />

Power limited cables and wires shall be labeled as FPLR when used in risers.<br />

Shielded wiring shall be used where recommended by the manufacturer. For shielded wiring, the shield shall<br />

be grounded at only one point, which shall be in or adjacent to the FACP. T-taps are permitted in SLC Style 4<br />

circuits with interconnections occurring on terminal strips. Color coding is required for circuits and shall be<br />

maintained throughout the circuit.<br />

When exposed and wall surface mounted fire alarm conductors shall be installed in EMT conduit up to 7 feet<br />

above finished floor level.<br />

2.12 Conductor Terminations.<br />

Labeling of conductors at terminal blocks in terminal cabinets, FACP, and remote fire alarm control units shall<br />

be provided at each conductor connection. Each conductor or cable shall have a shrink-wrap label to provide a<br />

unique and specific designation. Maintain existing color code scheme where connecting to existing equipment.<br />

Wiring from master fire alarm box (FACP) to the main telephone distribution frame shall be a two-conductor<br />

No. 22 AWG type UF cable. Two cable shall be used, one for each telephone line to be connected to the Fire<br />

Alarm system.<br />

3. FIRE ALARM SIGNALS.<br />

A fire alarm shall activate notification appliances throughout the building. Audible devices shall be fire alarm<br />

speakers which produce a three-pulse temporal pattern before to transmit the intelligible voice message.<br />

Visual devices shall be strobes operating in accordance with NFPA-72 and ADA-GA guidelines.<br />

3.1 Manual Stations.<br />

Provide metal or plastic, semi-flush mounted, double action, addressable manual stations, which are not<br />

subject to operation by jarring or vibration. Stations which require the replacement of any portion of the device<br />

after activation are not permitted. Station shall be finished in fire-engine red with molded raised lettering<br />

operating instructions of contracting color. The use of a key or wrench shall be required to reset the station.<br />

Manual Pull Station shall be installed at 48” AFF<br />

3.2 Visual Alarm Signals.<br />

Provide strobe light visual alarm signals which operate on a supervised 24 volts dc circuit. The strobe lens<br />

shall comply with UL 1971 and conform to the American with Disabilities Act. The light pattern shall be<br />

distributed so that it is visible above and below the strobe and from a 90 degree angle on both sides of the<br />

strobe. The strobe flash output shall be a minimum of 30 candelas based in the UL 1971 test. The strobe shall<br />

have a xenon flash tube. Visible appliances may be part of an audio-visual assembly. Where more than two<br />

appliances are located in the same room or corridor, provide synchronized operation.<br />

3.3 Fire Alarm Speakers.<br />

Public Mode Audible Requirements:<br />

To ensure that audible public mode signals are clearly heard they shall have a sound level at least 15 dB<br />

above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having duration of at least 60<br />

seconds, whichever is greater, measured at 5 ft above the floor in the area required to be served by the<br />

system.<br />

Audible notification appliance for alert and evacuation signal tones shall meet the Public Mode Alert<br />

requirements.


Voice message shall not require to meet the Public Mode audibility requirement but shall meet the intelligibility<br />

requirements.<br />

The evacuation tone signal shall be used to evaluate the audibility produced by fire alarm speaker appliance<br />

because of the fluctuating sound pressure level of voice or recorded message.<br />

Provide semi flush mounted electronic speaker appliance UL listed for fire alarm systems, suitable for use in<br />

an electrically supervised 25 Vrms or 70.7 Vrms circuit. Speakers shall have a rating of 86 dBA minimum at 10<br />

feet when tested in accordance with UL 464 while emitting slow whoop tone. Output from the speaker shall be<br />

three-pulse temporal pattern repeated twice and then the alarm voice message shall be delivered. Where<br />

speaker and strobes are provided in the same location, they may be combined into a single unit.<br />

Speakers shall be multi-level devices; output level shall be set by means of taps. Initially all speakers shall be<br />

set at 0.5 watt. During the testing phase setting will be changed to comply with Public Model audible<br />

requirements and intelligibility requirements.<br />

3.4 Valve Monitor Switches (Tamper Switches)<br />

Provide a tamper switch for each fire protection system control valve. Tamper switches shall be UL listed as<br />

“Extinguishing System Attachment” for the location and type of valve supervised. The device shall contain<br />

double pole, double throw contacts. Operation of the switch shall cause a supervisory signal to be transmitted<br />

to the FACP upon not more the two complete turns of the valve wheel or a closure of 10 percent, whichever is<br />

less. Tamper switches shall be equipped with screw terminals for each conductor.<br />

3.5 Watertflow detectors.<br />

Waterflow detectors are existing to remain and shall be monitored by the new fire alarm system. The fire alarm<br />

contractor shall verify the devices shall contain double pole, double throw contacts, equipped with a pneumatic<br />

time delay, field adjustable from 0 to 90 seconds. The device shall be a UL listed extinguishing system<br />

attachment rated for the particular pressure and location at which it is installed. Refer to drawing FA3.8B detail<br />

4 for interconnection of waterflow detector, alarm initiating device (monitor module) and notification device<br />

(alarm bell).<br />

3.6 Digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT).<br />

Provide a DACT compatible with the existing supervising station fire alarm system. Transmitter shall have a<br />

means to transmit alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions via a single transmitter. Transmitter shall be<br />

factory built-in in the FACP. Transmitter shall be capable of initiating a test signal daily at any selected time.<br />

Transmitter shall be arranged to seize telephone circuits in accordance with NFPA-72.<br />

3.7 Firefighter’s Emergency Elevator Recalling Functions:<br />

The fire alarm system shall be capable for Emergency Elevator Recalling Functions.<br />

Phase I Emergency Recall Operation to the designated level shall conform to the following:<br />

- The activation of the fire alarm initiating device at any elevator lobby, other than at the designated<br />

level, shall cause all elevators that serve that floor, and any associated elevator of a group automatic<br />

operation, to be returned nonstop to the designated level.<br />

- The activation of a fire alarm initiating device for recall purpose shall cause all elevators having any<br />

equipment located in that machine room, and any associated elevator of a group automatic operation,<br />

to be returned nonstop to the designated level. If the machine room is located at the designated level,<br />

the elevator(s) shall be returned nonstop to the alternate level.<br />

Phase II Emergency Recall Operation to Alternate Level shall conform to the following:<br />

- The activation of a fire alarm initiating device that is located at the designated level shall cause all<br />

elevators serving that level to be recalled to an alternate level, unless Phase I Emergency Recall is in<br />

effect. The recall level shall be determined by the first activated fire alarm device for that group. If the


car is recalled to the designated level by the “FIRE RECALL” switch, the recall level shall remain the<br />

designated level.<br />

- When a fire alarm initiating device in the machine room, or hoistway initiate Phase I Emergency<br />

Recall Operation, the visual signal (firefighter’s hat) shall illuminate intermittently only in a car with<br />

equipment in that machine room, or hoistway. When activated, a heat detector in the machine room<br />

shall cause the visual signal to illuminate only in car with equipment in that machine room.<br />

3.8 Elevator Power Shunt Trip:<br />

Where heat detectors are used to shut down elevator power prior to sprinkler operation, the detector shall<br />

have both a lower temperature rating and higher sensitivity as compared to the sprinkler. Heat detectors use<br />

for the purpose shall be placed within 2 feet of each sprinkler head.<br />

Control circuits to shut down elevator power shall be monitored for presence of operating voltage. Loss of<br />

voltage to the control circuit for the disconnecting means shall cause a supervisory signal at the FACP and<br />

transmitted to the Central Station.<br />

3.9 Fire Pump Monitoring:<br />

Fire Pump is existing. When the fire pump room is not constantly attended, audible and/or visible supervisory<br />

signals shall be displayed at the FACP and Remote Annunciator and transmitted to the Central Station. The<br />

following status shall be distinguished:<br />

- Pump or motor running<br />

- Loss of phase<br />

- Phase reversal<br />

- Trouble on the controller<br />

Where two sources of power are supplied an additional signal indicating whenever the alternate source is the<br />

source supplying power to the controller.<br />

3.10 Nameplates<br />

Major components of equipment shall have the manufacturer’s name, address, type or style, model or serial<br />

number, catalog number, date of installation, installing contractor’s name and address, and the contract<br />

number provided on a new plate permanently affixed to the item or equipment. Major component include, but<br />

not are limited to, the following: FACP, Power Boosters, and Transmitters.<br />

4. VOICE EVACUATION SYSTEM<br />

The Voice Evacuation System (VE) shall to comply with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the two<br />

following conditions: (1) This device may not cause radio interference, and (2) this device must accept any<br />

interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.<br />

The VE shall be UL listed as a voice evacuation unit for use in NFPA 72 systems. If the VE and its accessories<br />

are to be used as part of a UL installation, it must comply with the UL requirements in this section.<br />

4.1 Requirements for All Installations:<br />

General requirements are described in this section. When installing an individual device, refer to the specific<br />

section of the manual for additional requirements.<br />

1. All field wiring must be installed in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code.<br />

2. Use UL listed notification devices with the voice evacuation system.<br />

3. A full system checkout must be performed any time the panel is programmed.<br />

4. UL installations using Class B wiring for the speaker circuit require the use of an EOL resistor assembly.<br />

4.2 Environmental specifications:<br />

It is important to protect the VE control panel from moisture. To prevent damage, the following conditions<br />

should be avoided when installing the units:<br />

• Mount indoors in dry locations only


• Protect from plumbing leaks<br />

• Protect from splash caused by sprinkler inspection ports<br />

• Do not mount in areas with humidity-generating equipment (such as dryers, production machinery)<br />

When selecting a location to mount the panel, it should be mounted where it will NOT be exposed to<br />

temperatures outside the range of 0°C-49°C (32°F-120°F) or humidity equal to or greater than 93% at 30°C<br />

(89°F) noncondensing.<br />

4.3 Mounting the Control Panel<br />

Read the environmental specifications before mounting the control panel cabinet. This will ensure that you<br />

select a suitable mounting location.<br />

The panel should be accessible to main drop wiring runs. It should be mounted as shown on plans, in an area<br />

only accessible by the maintenance personnel for testing and service.<br />

Mount the control panel cabinet so it is firmly secured to the wall surface. When mounting on concrete,<br />

especially when moisture is expected, attach a piece of 3/4-inch plywood to the concrete surface and then<br />

attach the cabinet to the plywood. Also mount any other modules to the plywood.<br />

The cabinet can be surface or flush-mounted. If you will be flush-mounting the cabinet, the hole for the<br />

enclosure should be 14.5" W x 24.75" H x 3-7/16" D (36.8cm W x 62.9cm H x 8.73cm D). Do not flush-mount<br />

in a wall designated as a fire break.<br />

4.4 Microphone Connection<br />

The microphone connector is used to connect a hand held microphone into the system. The microphone can<br />

be used to record a message and as a manual voice evacuation override.<br />

Wiring Specifications<br />

The maximum line resistance of the wire run from FACP to voice evacuation control system is 50 ohms. All<br />

wiring and devices installed in the system must meet the standards described in<br />

National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), NFPA Standard 72, and Life Safety Code (NFPA 101).<br />

To avoid induced noise (transfer of electrical energy from one wire to another), keep input wiring isolated from<br />

high-current output and power wiring. Avoid pulling one multiconductor cable for the entire panel. Instead,<br />

separate the wiring as follows:<br />

¼” spacing must be maintained<br />

between each circuit of these<br />

circuit types; as well as between<br />

power limited and non power<br />

limited circuits<br />

Input / Output Type<br />

Non-power Limited<br />

Power-Limited<br />

Audio<br />

Wiring<br />

AC power, Standby batteries<br />

Notification devices, Remote<br />

Microphone, relay circuits<br />

Speakers<br />

Do not pull wires from different groups through the same conduit.<br />

For the same reasons, wiring within the cabinet should be routed around the perimeter of the cabinet. It should<br />

not cross the printed circuit board where it could induce noise into the sensitive microelectronics or pick up<br />

unwanted RF noise from the high speed circuits.<br />

High frequency noise, such as that produced by the inductive reactance of a speaker or bell, can also be<br />

reduced by running the wire through ferrite beads or by wrapping it around a ferrite toroid core.<br />

4.5 Speaker Wiring<br />

The VE shall supply at least one NAC (Notification Appliance Circuit) for speaker connection.<br />

The speaker circuit can be supervised and wired Class B (Style Y) or Class A (Style Z). The speaker circuit is<br />

capable of 50 watts of power at 25 Vrms or 70.7 Vrms.<br />

Note: If the voltage supplied for speaker is 70.7 volts, all speaker wiring must be separated by a minimum of<br />

1/4” from the low voltage wiring, and must exit the cabinet through its own opening.<br />

Total Circuit Power<br />

Wire Distance in feet<br />

Speaker Voltage<br />

(watts)<br />

18 AWG 16 AWG 14AWG<br />

25 Vrms 3900 6200 9860<br />

5 W<br />

70.7 Vrms 25000 39700 63200<br />

10W 25 Vrms 2125 3380 5375


70.7 Vrms 15200 24150 38400<br />

20W 25 Vrms 1100 1750 2780<br />

70.7 Vrms 8500 13510 21500<br />

4.6 Zone Audio Splitter:<br />

A zone splitter is a device that can split the audio output from the main amp into separate audio output<br />

channels. The VE shall be capable of splitting the audio up to six separate zones or channels.<br />

The zone splitter can be used in installations where the audio must to be split to different floors or zones to<br />

accommodate a safe and efficient evacuation process.<br />

4.7 Manual Zone Switches:<br />

The VE system shall be provided with Manual Zone Switches.<br />

Manual zone switches are used to manually override the system message by zone, using the microphone. For<br />

example, when the fire-fighter wishes to manually give a verbal evacuation message (using the microphone) to<br />

zone 4, he would turn on switch 4, then key the microphone and speak the desired message. His spoken<br />

message would be output to the speakers in zone 4 only.<br />

4.8 All Call Switch:<br />

The VE system shall be provided with an All Call Switch.<br />

The All Call Switch manually overrides the system message, using the microphone, to all zones in the system.<br />

4.9 Remote Microphone:<br />

The VE shall be capable of Remote Microphone.<br />

Remote Microphone shall be installed following the same environmental specifications valid for the entire VE<br />

system.<br />

The Remote Microphone shall be wired using shielded 4 conductor 22 AWG (up to 5000 feet) wiring. The<br />

wiring shall be supervised by the main panel. Remote Microphone shall be override by the main microphone.<br />

5. TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SERVICES (Fire Fighter Telephone system, FFT)<br />

A two-way communication system for the use exclusive of fire fighters in case of fire or any other event shall<br />

be provided as a part of the sire alarm system. This system shall be collocated with the voice evacuation<br />

communication equipment.<br />

The FFT system shall be capable of permitting the simultaneous operation of any five telephone stations in a<br />

common talk mode.<br />

As a minimum FFT system shall be common talk, providing at least one telephone station or jack per floor and<br />

at least one telephone station or jack per exit stairway.<br />

In building equipment with a fire pump, a telephone station or jack shall be provided in each fire pump room.<br />

All circuits necessary for the operation of two-way telephone communication system shall be installed using a<br />

2-hour fire rated circuit integrity (CI) cable in zones no covered by the sprinkler system. (NFPA72 - 6.10.1.16.<br />

The fire fighter telephone system (FFT) provides supervision, annunciation, and control for local and remote<br />

telephone handsets. The telephone panel with keypad provides indications of phone activation, and<br />

corresponding trouble conditions. Additional telephone circuits can be annunciated at the phone panel by<br />

connecting the suitable zone expander.<br />

5.1 Environmental specifications.<br />

It is important to protect the phone control panel from water. To prevent water damage, the following<br />

conditions should be avoided when installing the units:<br />

• Do not mount directly on exterior walls, especially masonry walls (condensation)<br />

• Do not mount directly on exterior walls below grade (condensation)


• Protect from plumbing leaks<br />

• Protect from splash caused by sprinkler system inspection ports<br />

• Do not mount in areas with humidity-generating equipment (such as dryers, production machinery)<br />

The FFT panel should be mounted where it will not be exposed to temperatures outside the range of 0°C-<br />

49°C (32°F-120°F) or humidity outside the range of 10% - 93% at 30°C (86°F) noncondensing.<br />

5.2 Wiring specifications:<br />

Do not pull wires from different groups through the same conduit. If you must run them together, do so for as<br />

short a distance as possible or use shielded cable. Twisted, shielded wire on the Audio Circuits is<br />

recommended for maximum protection against EMI and AFI emissions and susceptibility. Connect the shield<br />

to earth ground at the panel. You must route high and low voltages separately.<br />

Addressable Loop: No special wire is required for addressable loops. The wire can be untwisted, unshielded,<br />

and solid or stranded as long as it meets the National Electric Code 760.51 requirements or power limited fire<br />

protective signaling cables. Wire distances are computed using copper wire. Maximum wiring resistance is 40<br />

ohms to the farthest SLC device.<br />

Maximum loop length depends on the wire gauge.<br />

Wire gauge<br />

Max Distance<br />

18 AWG 3100 feet<br />

16 AWG 4900 feet<br />

14 AWG 7900 feet<br />

12 AWG 10,000 feet<br />

Audio Telephone Circuit: No special wire is required for the Audio Telephone Circuit. The wire can be<br />

untwisted, unshielded, twisted or shielded as long as it meets the National Electric code 760.51 requirements<br />

for power limited fire protective signaling cables. Use 54 Ohm maximum impedance - 12 to 18 AWG. Twisted,<br />

shielded wire is recommended for maximum protection against EMI and AFI emissions and susceptibility.<br />

If using shielded cable, attach the shield to Grounding Stud below at the fire-fighter telephone jack receptacle.<br />

Note: Do not ground shield on both ends.<br />

6.- EXECUTION<br />

Installation of Fire Alarm Devices and Equipment.<br />

FACP: Locate the FACP where indicated on the drawings. Surface mounts the enclosure with the top of the<br />

cabinet 6 feet above the finished floor (maximum). Conductor terminations shall be labeled ad a drawing<br />

containing conductors, their labels, their circuits, and their interconnection shall be permanently mounted in the<br />

FACP.<br />

Manual Stations: Locate manual station where shown on the drawings. Mount stations so that their operating<br />

handles are 4 feet above the finished floor. Mount stations so they are located no farther than 5 feet from the<br />

exit door they serve, horizontally, or as indicated by NFPA-72 art.5.13.7.<br />

Notification appliance Device: Locate notification appliance devices where shown on drawings. Mount<br />

assemblies on walls 80 to 96 inches above the finished floor or 6 inches below the ceiling whichever is lower.<br />

Ceiling mounted strobes shall be installed conform to NFPA 72 table 7.5.4.3.1(b).<br />

Smoke and Heat Sensors: Locate sensors as shown on drawings on a 4 inch mounting box. Sensors located<br />

on the ceiling shall be installed not less than 4 inches from a side wall to the near edge. These located on the<br />

wall shall have the top of the sensor at least 4 inches below the ceiling, but no more than 12 inches below the<br />

ceiling. Install smoke sensors no closer than 5 feet from air handling supply outlets<br />

Control modules: Locate control modules no farther than three feet from the devices they are controlling.<br />

Flexible conduit use shall be permitted.


Disconnection and Removal of Existing System.<br />

Fire alarm control panels and fire alarm devices disconnected and removed shall be turned over to the<br />

Building Owner.<br />

The existing fire alarm and smoke detection system shall remain in operation at all times during the installation<br />

and commissioning of the new system. Once this new system is on-line and accepted by the AHJ, remove the<br />

old system. As new equipment is installed, label it “NOT IN SERVICE”. Upon acceptance, remove labels.<br />

After the acceptance of the new fire alarm system by the AHJ disconnect and remove the existing fire alarm<br />

and smoke detection systems completely.<br />

Properly dispose of fire alarm outlet and junction boxes, wiring, conduit, supports, and other such items.<br />

Firestopping.<br />

Provide firestopping for holes at conduit penetrations through floor slabs, fire rated walls, partitions with fire<br />

rated doors, corridor walls, and vertical service shafts in accordance with Florida Building Code, Section 109.3<br />

and firestopping practices.<br />

Painting.<br />

Paint exposed electrical, fire alarm conduit, and surface metal raceway to match adjacent finishes in exposed<br />

areas. Paint junction boxes, and section of conduits red in unfinished areas.<br />

Tests<br />

- Megger tests: after wiring has been installed, and prior to making any connections to panels or<br />

devices, wiring shall be megger tested for insulation resistance, grounds, and/or shorts. Conductors<br />

with 300 volts rated insulation shall be tested at a minimum of 250 VDC. Conductors with 600 volts<br />

rated insulation shall be tested at a minimum of 500 VDC.<br />

- Loop resistance Tests: measure and record the resistance of each circuit with each pair of conductors<br />

in the circuit short-circuited at the farthest point of the circuit origin.<br />

- The tests shall be witnessed by an Owner representative or any third part and test result recorded for<br />

use at the final acceptance test.<br />

- Preliminary testing: Conduct preliminary tests to ensure that devices and circuits are functioning<br />

properly. Tests shall meet the requirements of paragraph entitled “Minimum System Tests”. After<br />

preliminary testing is complete, provide a letter certifying that the installation is complete and fully<br />

operable. The letter shall state that each initiating and indicating device was tested in place and<br />

functioning properly. The letter shall include the names and titles of the witnesses to the preliminary<br />

tests. The contractor and a representative from each supplier of equipment shall in attendance at the<br />

preliminary testing to make necessary adjustments.<br />

- Request for Formal Inspections and Tests from the AHJ office.<br />

Minimum System Tests.<br />

Test the system in accordance with the procedures outlined in NFPA-72. The required tests are as follows:<br />

- Verify the absence of unwanted voltages between circuit conductors and ground. The test shall be<br />

accomplished at the preliminary test with results available at the final system test.<br />

- Verify that the control unit is in the normal as detailed in the manufacturer’s O&M manual.<br />

- Test each initiating and indicating device and circuit for proper operation and response at the control<br />

unit. Smoke sensors shall be tested in accordance with manufacturer’s recommended calibrated test<br />

method. Testing of duct smoke detectors shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 72.<br />

- Test both primary and secondary power. Verify, by test, the secondary power system is capable of<br />

operating the system for the time period and in the manner specified.<br />

- Determine that the system is operable under trouble conditions as specified.<br />

- Visually inspect wiring.<br />

- Test battery charger and batteries.


- Verify that software control and data files have been entered or programmed into the FACP. Hard<br />

copy records of the software shall be provided to the Owner representative.<br />

- Measure the current in circuits to ensure there is the calculated spare capacity.<br />

- Measure voltage readings for circuits to ensure that voltage drop is not excessive.<br />

- Disconnect the verification feature for smoke detectors during tests to minimize the amount of smoke<br />

needed to activate the sensor. Testing of smoke sensor shall be conducted using canned smoke.<br />

- Measure the voltage drop at the most remote appliance on each notification appliance circuit.<br />

7.- DOCUMENTATION<br />

Approval and Acceptance<br />

At the AHJ’s request, complete information regarding the system, specifications, type of service, shop<br />

drawings, calculations shall be submitted for approval.<br />

Completion Documents.<br />

The preparation of a record of completion shall be responsibility of the Fire Alarm Contractor. The Record of<br />

Completion shall be according to NFPA-72 art. 4.5.2.<br />

A preliminary copy of the Record of Completion shall be given to the system owner and, if requested, to the<br />

AHJ after completion of the installation wiring tests. A final copy shall be provided after completion of the<br />

operational acceptance tests.<br />

One copy of the Record of Completion, updated to reflect all system additions or modification and maintained<br />

in a current condition at all times, shall be stored at the fire alarm control unit or other location approved by the<br />

AHJ.<br />

The Owner of the building where the Fire Alarm System is installed shall be responsible for the custody,<br />

update and upgrade of the Record of Completion documents.<br />

Every system shall include the following documentation, which shall be delivered to the owner’s representative<br />

upon final acceptance of the system:<br />

- An Owner’s manual and manufacturer’s published instructions covering all system equipment.<br />

- Record drawings<br />

- Record copy of the site-specific software.<br />

- Records of acceptance tests.<br />

- Record of maintenance and troubleshooting.<br />

Instructor.<br />

Include in the project the services of an instructor, who shall have received specific training from the<br />

manufacturer for the training of other persons regarding the inspection, testing, and maintenance of the system<br />

provided. The instructor shall train the owner’s representatives in the elementary operation of the system.<br />

Provide 4 hours of instruction after final acceptance of the system.<br />

End of Specification<br />

NOTE ON SILENT KNIGHT SK5820XL.<br />

The SK5820Xl has capacity for 396 detectors and 396 modules. The designed system totalizes 288 detectors<br />

(smoke, heat, duct detectors, beam detectors, and pull stations) and 98 modules (monitor and relay modules).


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

CITY HALL COMPLEX FIRE ALARM SYSTEM<br />

TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />

Section<br />

Title<br />

DIVISION 0 – BIDDING REQUIREMENTS<br />

00300 Bid Proposal<br />

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

01025 Measurement and Payment<br />

01045 Cutting and Patching<br />

01310 Construction Schedule<br />

01340 Shop drawings, Product Data and Samples<br />

01700 Contract Closeout<br />

01710 Cleaning<br />

01720 Project Record Documents<br />

01730 Operation and Maintenance Data<br />

01740 Warranties<br />

DIVISION 2 – SITE CONSTRUCTION<br />

02070 Selective Demolition<br />

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 5 – METALS -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 6 – WOOD AND PLASTICS -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION<br />

07270 Fire Stopping<br />

DIVISION 8 – DOORS AND WINDOWS -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 9 – FINISHES<br />

09255 Gypsum Board Assemblies<br />

09511 Acoustical Panel Ceilings<br />

09651 Resilient Tile Flooring<br />

09900 Painting<br />

1/30/2012 TOC-1 01405-060


DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL -- Not Used<br />

DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL<br />

16010 Basic Electrical Requirements<br />

16110 Raceways and Conduits<br />

16720 Addressable Fire Alarm System<br />

16721 Fire Alarm System Replacement<br />

APPENDICES<br />

A. Fire Alarm System, Panels<br />

B. Fire Alarm System, Initiation Devices<br />

C. Fire Alarm System, Notification Devices<br />

1/30/2012 TOC-2 01405-060


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

3.3 PLANS<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

See Section 8.<br />

Page 41 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

SECTION 4.0 2012-09 BID PAGE<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

NAME OF COMPANY:<br />

__________________________________________________________<br />

(Name of company submitting bid)<br />

SIGNATURE: ________________________________<br />

(Sign in Ink)<br />

___________________________<br />

(Print Name)<br />

TITLE: __________________________ E-MAIL ADDRESS: ________________________<br />

ADDRESS: ______________________________________________________________<br />

TELEPHONE NO.: __________________________ FAX NO.: _____________________<br />

By signing and submitting this bid proposal, we acknowledge having read and agreeing to all times and conditions of<br />

these specifications, including, but not limited to, agreeing to indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all<br />

claims, suits, actions, damages, causes of action, or attorney’s fees arising from any personal injury, loss of life, or<br />

damage to person or property sustained by reason of or as a result of the products or services supplied, or<br />

negligence of contractor supplier, his employees, agents, or assigns.<br />

By signing and submitting this bid proposal, we certify that this company has current insurance coverage specified<br />

herein. The insurance policy number(s) and expiration date(s) are provided below, or copies of the insurance<br />

certificate(s) are enclosed. If awarded the bid, we will provide the City with proof of the required insurance and<br />

include the City as an additional insured on our general liability coverage.<br />

Do you give prompt payment discounts?<br />

Yes, Percentage of discount ________% Term__________<br />

No<br />

I certify that this bid is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm, or<br />

person submitting a bid for the same materials, supplies, or equipment, and is in all respects fair and without collusion<br />

or fraud. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid and certify that I am authorized to sign this bid for the bidder.<br />

INSURANCE POLICY NO(S):________________________________________<br />

EXPIRATION DATE(S):____________________________________________<br />

INSURANCE CERTIFICATE(S) ENCLOSED: YES NO<br />

________________________________<br />

(Sign In Ink)<br />

___________________________<br />

(Print Name)<br />

WARRANTIES_________________________________________________________________<br />

________________________________________________________________________________<br />

_________________________________________________________________________________<br />

__________________________________________________________________________________<br />

Page 42 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

City hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

Item No. Description Subtotal<br />

1 For MOBILIZATION and DEMOBILIZATION including costs<br />

incurred in bonds, permits, inspections, fees, insurance,<br />

other miscellaneous costs, the aggregate sum amount of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

2 For all TEMPORARY FACILITIES, including signage,<br />

sanitary units, dust prevention and control, debris removal,<br />

temporary wiring, temporary power, fuels, potable water<br />

supply, facilities restoration, and cleanup prior to substantial<br />

completion, the aggregate sum of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

3 For furnishing and installing the FIRE ALARM CONTROL<br />

PANEL and all appurtenant fixtures, including software,<br />

programming, wiring, batteries, insulation, supports, testing,<br />

calibration, and commissioning required for a complete<br />

working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

4 For furnishing and installing POWER BOOSTERS and all<br />

appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables, software,<br />

and testing required for a complete working installation, the<br />

aggregate sum of:<br />

Page 43 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

5 For furnishing and installing REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS<br />

and all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

batteries, software, and testing required for a complete<br />

working installation the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

6 For furnishing and installing ALARM INITIATING DEVICES<br />

(including duct smoke detectors and beam detectors) and<br />

all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

batteries, software, and testing required for a complete<br />

working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

7 For furnishing and installing NOTIFICATION DEVICES and<br />

all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

batteries, software, and testing required for a complete<br />

working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

8 For furnishing and installing VOICE EVACUATION PANEL<br />

and all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

batteries, software, and testing required for a complete<br />

working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

Page 44 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

9 For furnishing and installing REMOTE MICROPHONES<br />

and all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

batteries, software, and testing required for a complete<br />

working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

10 For furnishing and installing FIRE FIGHTER TELEPHONE<br />

SYSTEM consisting of control panel, monitoring modules,<br />

telephone jacks, and all appurtenant fixtures, including all<br />

wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing required for a<br />

complete working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

11 For furnishing and installing ELEVATOR POWER SHUNT<br />

TRIPPING DEVICES and all appurtenant fixtures, including<br />

all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing required<br />

for a complete working installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

Page 45 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

12 For furnishing and installing FIRE SPRINKLER VALVE<br />

MONITORING DEVICES, WATER FLOW DETECTORS<br />

and FIRE PUMP MONITORS and all appurtenant fixtures,<br />

including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing<br />

required for a complete working installation, the aggregate<br />

sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

13 For furnishing and installing MANUAL PULL STATIONS<br />

and all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

software, and testing required for a complete working<br />

installation, the aggregate sum of:<br />

__________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

14 For furnishing and installing the PRIMARY AND<br />

EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKERS<br />

and all appurtenant fixtures, including wiring, software,<br />

insulation, supports, testing, calibration, and commissioning<br />

required for a complete working installation, the aggregate<br />

sum of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

Page 46 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

15 For performing and coordinating START-UP SERVICES,<br />

providing AN INSTRUCTOR and INSTRUCTIONAL<br />

MATERIALS, including performance and calibration tests<br />

for the alarm system, electrical equipment and, and<br />

telemetry system, and for coordinating with the Owner and<br />

others for instructional sessions for all alarm system<br />

components and features, including operation and<br />

maintenance, the aggregate sum amount of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

16 For furnishing and delivering to the Owner SAMPLES and<br />

SPARE PARTS packaged, labeled, and fully inventoried,<br />

including coordinating of the storage space to be provided<br />

by the Owner, the aggregate sum amount of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

17 For furnishing and delivering to the Owner UL<br />

CERTIFICATION of the entire Fire Alarm System and all its<br />

components, the aggregate sum amount of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

18 For DEMOLITION and REMOVAL of the existing fire alarm<br />

system(s) and its components, including proper disposal of<br />

the debris, the aggregate sum amount of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

Page 47 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

19 For furnishing and delivering to the Owner FINAL AS-<br />

BUILT and OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS<br />

and fulfilling the CLOSE-OUT requirements of the Project to<br />

the satisfaction of the Owner and the Authority having<br />

Jurisdiction, the aggregate sum of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

20 For performing SITE RESTORATION and clean-up<br />

including but not limited to surface repairs, penetration<br />

sealing, grouting, painting and replacing of wall surfaces,<br />

stucco, sheet rock, floor surfaces, ceiling tiles and supports,<br />

and any miscellaneous restoration work including all labor,<br />

materials, debris removal, and equipment required, the<br />

aggregate sum amount of:<br />

_________________________________________Dollars<br />

and<br />

________________________________Cents<br />

21 Owner’s Contingency Reserve for unforeseen conditions<br />

solely as determined by Owner<br />

Fifty Thousand Dollars and<br />

zero Cents<br />

50,000.00<br />

TOTAL BID AMOUNT:<br />

The sum total of items 1<br />

through 21, inclusive:<br />

$<br />

WRITTEN AMOUNT:<br />

Dollars and<br />

Cents<br />

Page 48 of 68


City of North Miami Beach, Florida<br />

Note: Number of Calendar days for substantial completion: Ninety (105) days (Max.)<br />

ITB No. 2012-09 City Hall Complex Fire Alarm System<br />

AMOUNTS SHALL BE SHOWN IN BOTH WORDS AND FIGURES. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCIES, THE<br />

AMOUNT SHOWN IN WORDS SHALL GOVERN FOR EACH BID ITEM AND TOTAL BASE BID.<br />

The Bidder further proposes and agrees to begin work with an adequate force and with sufficient equipment and<br />

facilities on the date stated in the written notice issued and served upon him by the Engineer, and to complete the<br />

work included in this Proposal within the time stipulated by these Contract Documents, including delivery time for<br />

materials and equipment, demolition of the existing system, system commissioning and decommissioning, testing,<br />

calibration, and approval by the governing agencies.<br />

PROPOSAL TO:<br />

CHIEF PROCUREMENT OFFICER<br />

CITY OF NORTH MIAMI BEACH<br />

17011 N.E. 19th Avenue<br />

North Miami Beach, Florida 33162<br />

The undersigned Bidder hereby proposes to furnish all labor, material, equipment, tools and services necessary to<br />

perform all work required under the bidding Schedule of Owner's Agreement Documents entitled, “CITY HALL<br />

COMPLEX FIRE ALARM SYSTEM", in accordance with the intent of the Agreement Documents, including the<br />

Specifications, Drawings, and all Addenda issued by said Owner prior to opening of Bid Proposals.<br />

Bidder agrees that, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Agreement from Owner, he will execute the<br />

Agreement in required form, of which Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Information Required of<br />

Bidder, Specifications, Drawings, and all Addenda issued by Owner prior to the opening of Proposal are a part, and<br />

will secure the required insurance and bonds and furnish the required insurance certificates; and that upon failure to<br />

do so within said time, then the proposal guarantee furnished will be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages for<br />

such failure; provided that if Bidder shall execute and contract, secure required insurance and bonds, and furnish<br />

required insurance certificates within said time, his check, if furnished, will be returned to him within 5 days thereafter,<br />

or bid bond, if furnished, will become void.<br />

If the undersigned Bidder is awarded a construction Agreement on this Proposal, the Surety who will provide the<br />

Public Construction Payment and Performance Bond will be:<br />

whose address is<br />

State<br />

Zip Code<br />

Said undersigned Bidder further agrees to complete all work required under the Agreement within the number of<br />

calendar days stated in the summary of the work after receiving a Notice to Proceed, and to accept in full payment<br />

therefore the price(s) named in the above-mentioned Bid Form.<br />

Dated:<br />

(Bidder)<br />

(Signature)<br />

(Title)<br />

Page 49 of 68


SECTION 01025<br />

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT<br />

PART 1 -<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.01 DESCRIPTION<br />

A. The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation provided in the Proposal<br />

and the Contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, labor, tools and<br />

equipment, for performing all operations necessary to complete the work under the<br />

Contract, and also in full payment for all loss or damages arising from the nature of<br />

the Work, or from the action of the elements or from any unforeseen difficulties<br />

which may be encountered during the prosecution of the Work until the final<br />

acceptance by the Owner.<br />

B. The prices stated in the Proposal include all costs and expenses for taxes, labor,<br />

equipment, materials, commissions, transportation charges and expenses, patent<br />

fees and royalties, labor for handling materials during inspection, together with any<br />

and all other costs and expenses for performing and completing the Work as shown<br />

on the Contract Drawings and specified herein. The basis of payment for an item in<br />

the amount shown in the Proposal shall be in accordance with the description of that<br />

item provided in this Section.<br />

C. The Contractor's attention is again called to the fact that the quotations for the<br />

various items of work are intended to establish a total price for completing the Work<br />

in its entirety. Should the Contractor feel that the cost for any item of work has not<br />

been established by the Bid Form or Payment Items, the Contractor shall include the<br />

cost for that work in another applicable bid item, in order that the Proposal for the<br />

project reflects the total price to be paid by the Owner for completing the Work in its<br />

entirety.<br />

D. Changes in the Contract Price and Contract Time require prior authorization in<br />

writing from the Owner and the Engineer, in the form of a Change Order or Work<br />

Directive. The Contractor is responsible for verification of all bid quantities and to<br />

report to the Engineer any discrepancies found prior to ordering materials and/or<br />

equipment for construction. Refer to General Conditions.<br />

E. The Contingency Reserve is the property of the Owner. Its use shall be solely at the<br />

Owner’s discretion. Changes to the Work authorized by the Owner through Work<br />

Directives may employ the Contingency Reserve. Any use of any portion, or all, of<br />

the Contingency Reserve shall be at the Owner’s discretion and the Contractor shall<br />

not assume it will be used for any purpose. Any portion, or all, of the Contingency<br />

Reserve remaining unused at the completion of the Work shall be reduced from the<br />

Project’s Contract Price.<br />

F. Bid prices for the various work items are intended to establish a total price for<br />

completing the project in its entirety. The Contractor shall include in the Bid, any<br />

item for which a separate pay item has not been established in the Bid Form under<br />

any related pay item, to reflect the total price for completing the project in its entirety,<br />

as specified in the Project Manual and Construction Drawings.<br />

1/27/12 01025-1 01405-060


1.02 MEASUREMENT<br />

A. Measurement for Payment for this Project will be based upon completion of the Work<br />

in accordance with drawings and specifications for each of the items. Field<br />

measurements will be made in order to determine the percent complete of work<br />

components when listed on the approved Schedule of Values. Measurements will<br />

be made using linear, area, weight, or volumetric units, or by units quantity counts,<br />

as listed on the Bid Proposal Form for unit quantity items; and at the Engineer’s sole<br />

discretion for lump sum items.<br />

B. Submit a Schedule of Values for all Pay Items that are aggregate lump sums.<br />

Include all components, their number, style, size, and quantity, which will be used to<br />

measure for progress payments to the Contractor. Failure to properly list the<br />

components or to distribute the cost of the item shall be the responsibility of the<br />

Contractor and not of the Owner or the Architect.<br />

C. Take all measurements and compute quantities. The Engineer will verify<br />

measurements and quantities.<br />

D. Assist by providing necessary equipment, workers, and survey personnel as<br />

required.<br />

E. Measurement by Area: Measured by square dimension using mean length and width<br />

or radius, in feet and hundredths of a foot.<br />

F. Linear Measurement: Measured by linear dimension, at the item centerline or mean<br />

chord, in feet and hundredths of a foot.<br />

G. Stipulated Sum/Price Measurement: Items measured by weight, volume, area, or<br />

linear means or combination, as appropriate, as a completed item or unit of the<br />

Work.<br />

1.03 PAYMENT ITEMS<br />

A.<br />

B.<br />

Basis of Payment for Lump Sum Items<br />

Payment for lump sum pay items of this Project will be made at the lump sum price<br />

named in the Contract, which price shall constitute full compensation for each item,<br />

including all required labor, Products, tools, equipment, plant, transportation,<br />

services and incidentals; erection, application or installation of an item of the Work;<br />

overhead and profit as required to complete the item as indicated in the Contract<br />

Drawings and specifications.<br />

Schedule of Values<br />

1. Submit a printed schedule on EJCDC 1910-8-E or on Contractor's standard<br />

form in electronic media printout for review and approval by the Engineer per<br />

Section 01340, Submittals. List payment items sequentially in the same<br />

order as they appear in the Bid Proposal Form.<br />

2. Schedule of Values requires that it be approved prior to the first Payment<br />

Requisition.<br />

3. Lump sum items to have adequate breakdown of components to facilitate<br />

evaluating completeness for payment. Breakdown components shall appear<br />

directly under the payment item heading to which they apply.<br />

1/27/12 01025-2 01405-060


4. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders or Work Directives, with<br />

each Application for Payment.<br />

C.<br />

D.<br />

Progress Payments<br />

1. Progress payments will be made for completed work components listed<br />

separately in the approved Schedule of Values. Payments for work in<br />

progress shall not constitute acceptance of the work component, the work<br />

item, or the Bid Item.<br />

2. Final payment for Work governed by unit prices will be made on the basis of<br />

the actual measurements and quantities accepted by the Engineer multiplied<br />

by the unit price for the item. Final payment for unit price Work will be<br />

accomplished by a reconciliation Change Order to adjust quantities, to be<br />

prepared at the end of the Project.<br />

3. No payment, partial or complete, will be made for defective or rejected Work.<br />

4. Partial progress payments shall be subject to a 25-percent retainage. The<br />

retainage amount shall be reduced to 10-percent upon satisfying the<br />

requirements for Substantial Completion as defined in the Contract<br />

Documents. Release of the retained amounts shall be done as part of Final<br />

Payment for the Work.<br />

No Separate Payment Allowed<br />

No separate payment will be made for additional labor and materials required for<br />

accomplishing the Project in its entirety. All labor, materials and incidental costs shall<br />

be included for payment as part of the Proposal and the Contract, under the several<br />

scheduled items of the Project.<br />

1.04 DEFECTIVE WORK<br />

A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified<br />

requirements.<br />

B. If, in the opinion of the Engineer or of the Owner, it is not practical to remove and<br />

replace the Work, the Engineer will direct one of the following remedies:<br />

1. The defective Work may remain, but the unit or lump sum price for the item<br />

will be adjusted to a new price, which price can be determined to be zero.<br />

The adjustment will be performed at the sole discretion of the Owner. The<br />

determination for the adjustment will be done by the Engineer, whose<br />

determination will be final.<br />

2. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the<br />

Engineer, and the unit or lump sum price will be adjusted to a new price at<br />

the sole discretion of the Owner. The determination for the adjustment will<br />

be done by the Engineer, whose determination will be final.<br />

C. The individual specification sections may modify these options or may identify a<br />

specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction.<br />

D. The authority of the Engineer to assess the defect and identify payment adjustment<br />

is final.<br />

E. Payment will not be made for any of the following:<br />

1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable.<br />

2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement.<br />

1/27/12 01025-3 01405-060


3. Products damaged in transit, during handling, due to improper storage, or to<br />

improper installation.<br />

4. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle.<br />

5. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work.<br />

6. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work, except for bonafide<br />

spare parts.<br />

7. Removing, demolishing and disposing of rejected Work.<br />

8. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected Products.<br />

9. Improper installation or poor workmanship.<br />

10. Installation of an incompatible product with the remainder of the Work<br />

products.<br />

11. Products that fail to function properly or as intended.<br />

1.05 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ITEMS AND SCHEDULE OF VALUES<br />

A. The following Work items are described in order to assist the Contractor in the<br />

preparation of the Proposal and to assist the Engineer in the evaluation of Bids and<br />

evaluation of progress payments during construction. The Contractor shall submit a<br />

Schedule of Values containing the work components of each Bid Item of the<br />

Proposal for approval prior to the first Requisition for Payment for work in progress.<br />

B. No separate payment will be made for any testing and/or surveying performed to<br />

complete the Work; costs for testing and/or surveying (as applicable), to be included<br />

in the cost to complete the work item.<br />

C. For the purpose of the work items listed below, complete installation will mean the<br />

inclusion of demolition work, site restoration to existing or better conditions, and<br />

testing, all to be included in the cost to complete the work item (as applicable).<br />

D. Work includes but is not limited to the following:<br />

1. MOBILIZATION and DEMOBILIZATION including bonds, permits,<br />

inspections, fees, insurance, other miscellaneous costs, as an aggregate<br />

lump sum.<br />

2. TEMPORARY FACILITIES, including signage, sanitary units, dust<br />

prevention and control, debris removal, temporary wiring, temporary<br />

power, fuels, potable water supply, facilities restoration, and cleanup prior<br />

to substantial completion, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

3. Furnishing and installing the FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL and all<br />

appurtenant fixtures, including software, programming, wiring, batteries,<br />

insulation, supports, testing, calibration, and commissioning required for a<br />

complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

4. Furnishing and installing POWER BOOSTERS and all appurtenant<br />

fixtures, including all wiring, cables, software, and testing required for a<br />

complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

5. Furnishing and installing REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS and all appurtenant<br />

fixtures, including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing<br />

required for a complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

6. Furnishing and installing ALARM INITIATING DEVICES (including duct<br />

smoke detectors and beam detectors) and all appurtenant fixtures,<br />

1/27/12 01025-4 01405-060


including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing required for a<br />

complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

7. Furnishing and installing NOTIFICATION DEVICES and all appurtenant<br />

fixtures, including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing<br />

required for a complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

8. Furnishing and installing VOICE EVACUATION PANEL and all<br />

appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and<br />

testing required for a complete working installation, as an aggregate lump<br />

sum.<br />

9. Furnishing and installing REMOTE MICROPHONES and all appurtenant<br />

fixtures, including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and testing<br />

required for a complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

10. Furnishing and installing FIRE FIGHTER TELEPHONE SYSTEM<br />

consisting of control panel, monitoring modules, telephone jacks, and all<br />

appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables, batteries, software, and<br />

testing required for a complete working installation, as an aggregate lump<br />

sum.<br />

11. Furnishing and installing ELEVATOR POWER SHUNT TRIPPING<br />

DEVICES and all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables,<br />

batteries, software, and testing required for a complete working<br />

installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

12. Furnishing and installing FIRE SPRINKLER VALVE MONITORING<br />

DEVICES, WATER FLOW DETECTORS and FIRE PUMP MONITORS<br />

and all appurtenant fixtures, including all wiring, cables, batteries,<br />

software, and testing required for a complete working installation, as an<br />

aggregate lump sum.<br />

13. Furnishing and installing MANUAL PULL STATIONS and all appurtenant<br />

fixtures, including all wiring, cables, software, and testing required for a<br />

complete working installation, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

14. Furnishing and installing the PRIMARY AND EMERGENCY POWER<br />

SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKERS and all appurtenant fixtures, including<br />

wiring, software, insulation, supports, testing, calibration, and<br />

commissioning required for a complete working installation, as an<br />

aggregate lump sum.<br />

15. Performing and coordinating START-UP SERVICES, providing AN<br />

INSTRUCTOR and INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS, including<br />

performance and calibration tests for the alarm system, electrical<br />

equipment and, and telemetry system, and for coordinating with the<br />

Owner and others for instructional sessions for all alarm system<br />

components and features, including operation and maintenance, as an<br />

aggregate lump sum.<br />

16. Furnishing and delivering to the Owner SAMPLES and SPARE PARTS<br />

packaged, labeled, and fully inventoried, including coordinating of the<br />

storage space to be provided by the Owner, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

17. Furnishing and delivering to the Owner UL CERTIFICATION of the entire<br />

Fire Alarm System and all its components, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

18. DEMOLITION and REMOVAL of the existing fire alarm system(s) and its<br />

1/27/12 01025-5 01405-060


components, including proper disposal of the debris, as an aggregate<br />

lump sum.<br />

19. Furnishing and delivering to the Owner FINAL AS-BUILT and<br />

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS and fulfilling the CLOSE-<br />

OUT requirements of the Project to the satisfaction of the Owner and the<br />

Authority having Jurisdiction, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

20. Performing SITE RESTORATION and clean-up including but not limited to<br />

surface repairs, penetration sealing, grouting, painting and replacing of<br />

wall surfaces, stucco, sheet rock, floor surfaces, ceiling tiles and supports,<br />

and any miscellaneous restoration work including all labor, materials,<br />

debris removal, and equipment required, as an aggregate lump sum.<br />

21. Owner’s Contingency Reserve for unforeseen conditions solely as<br />

determined by Owner, appearing as a lump sum, and paid for authorized<br />

work to be determined at the discretion of the Owner.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 01025-6 01405-060


SECTION 01045<br />

CUTTING AND PATCHING<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and<br />

Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this<br />

Section.<br />

1.2 SUMMARY<br />

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and<br />

patching.<br />

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this<br />

Section:<br />

1. Division 1 Section "Coordination" for procedures for coordinating cutting and<br />

patching with other construction activities.<br />

2. Division 2 Sections " Demolition, Site Cleaning and Grubbing" and Selective<br />

Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the site for alterations.<br />

3. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to<br />

cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures well in<br />

advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed if the Owner requires<br />

approval of these procedures before proceeding. Request approval to proceed.<br />

Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal:<br />

1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required. Show how it will be<br />

performed and indicate why it cannot be avoided.<br />

2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction. Include<br />

changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in<br />

the building's appearance and other significant visual elements.<br />

3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work.<br />

4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching will be performed.<br />

5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect.<br />

List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out-of-service.<br />

Indicate how long service will be disrupted.<br />

6. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural<br />

elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of<br />

reinforcement with the original structure.<br />

1/27/12 01045-1 01405-060


7. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does not waive<br />

the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of<br />

unsatisfactory work.<br />

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a<br />

manner that would change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.<br />

1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching<br />

the following structural elements:<br />

a. Fire walls and fire containment separations.<br />

b. Bearing and retaining walls.<br />

c. Structural concrete.<br />

d. Lintels.<br />

e. Structural decking.<br />

f. Stair systems.<br />

g. Miscellaneous structural metals.<br />

h. Equipment supports.<br />

i. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment.<br />

B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related<br />

components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as<br />

intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a<br />

manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or<br />

safety.<br />

1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching<br />

the following operating elements or safety related systems:<br />

a. Primary operational systems and equipment.<br />

b. Fire protection systems.<br />

c. Communication systems.<br />

d. Electrical wiring systems.<br />

C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the (site) exterior<br />

in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the site and building's<br />

aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in<br />

visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction cut and<br />

patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.<br />

1. If possible retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the exposed<br />

Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage the original Installer or<br />

fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm.<br />

a. Processed concrete finishes.<br />

b. Stonework and stone masonry.<br />

c. Paving<br />

1.5 MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE<br />

1/27/12 01045-2 01405-060


A. Do not perform cutting while an area is occupied.<br />

B. Coordinate all cutting with the Owner and remove debris before an area is reoccupied..<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL<br />

A. Do not perform cutting while an area is occupied.<br />

B. Coordinate all cutting with the Owner and remove all debris before an area is reoccupied.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.1 INSPECTION<br />

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and<br />

patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are<br />

encountered, take corrective action before proceeding.<br />

1. Before proceeding, meet at the Project Site with parties involved in cutting and<br />

patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential<br />

interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts<br />

before proceeding.<br />

3.2 PREPARATION<br />

A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.<br />

B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent<br />

damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the<br />

Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.<br />

C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to<br />

adjoining areas.<br />

D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to<br />

be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.<br />

3.3 PERFORMANCE<br />

A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with<br />

cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.<br />

1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or<br />

performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and<br />

patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition.<br />

B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements<br />

retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with<br />

the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations.<br />

1/27/12 01045-3 01405-060


1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or<br />

grinding, not hammering and chopping.Cut holes and slots as small as possible,<br />

neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces.<br />

Temporarily cover openings when not in use.<br />

2. Cut in straight lines paralled or perpendicular to the floor, or in neat circles.<br />

3. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or<br />

finished side into concealed surfaces.<br />

4. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a<br />

Carborundum saw or a diamond-core drill.<br />

5. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting and<br />

patching requires excavating and backfilling.<br />

6. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass<br />

utility services, such as pipe or conduit, before cutting. Cut-off pipe or conduit in<br />

walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining<br />

portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter<br />

after by-passing and cutting.<br />

7. Verify the pressure of electrical conduits and wires and take special precaution,<br />

including interrupting of power to avoid a safety hazard.<br />

C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with<br />

specified tolerances.<br />

1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the<br />

installation.<br />

2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into<br />

retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of<br />

patching and refinishing.<br />

3. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another, patch<br />

and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of<br />

uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and<br />

replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and<br />

appearance.<br />

a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat<br />

over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has<br />

received primer and second coat.<br />

4. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane<br />

surface of uniform appearance.<br />

1/27/12 01045-4 01405-060


3.4 CLEANING<br />

A. Clean site areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely<br />

remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit,<br />

and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore<br />

damaged pipe covering to its original condition.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 01045-5 01405-060


SECTION 01310<br />

CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED<br />

A. Initial Coordination Submittals: Prior to “Notice to Proceed”, the<br />

Contractor shall submit to the Architect for review and acceptance:<br />

1. Certification of insurance or copies of policies, all as described in<br />

the Contract Documents.<br />

B. Work Progress Schedule: The Contractor shall submit a detailed work<br />

progress schedule, with sub schedules of related activities which are<br />

essential to its progress, within ten (10) days after the effective date of the<br />

“Notice to Proceed with Contract Work”. Submit to the Architect for<br />

acceptance.<br />

C. Submit revised progress schedules monthly, at pay application.<br />

1.02 FORMS OF SCHEDULES<br />

A. Prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart.<br />

1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation.<br />

2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week.<br />

3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions.<br />

4. Grant Chart (Bar Chart) in color with the critical path clearly shown in<br />

red.<br />

5. The chart shall be a minimum size of 8 /1/2” x 14”, however 24” x 36” is<br />

preferable. All text, critical path and dependencies shall be clearly<br />

legible.<br />

6. Two copies shall be provided with each submittal.<br />

7. Compact Disk containing all the scheduled files in an uncompressed<br />

formal shall be included with each submittal.<br />

work.<br />

B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of<br />

C. Minimum identification of listing: By Specification Section numbers, Bid<br />

Item, or per the Schedule of Values.<br />

D. The project schedule shall be a computerized generated schedule. The<br />

schedule shall be generated utilizing either Microsoft Project or Primavera<br />

Suretrack.<br />

1.03 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES<br />

A. Construction Progress Schedule<br />

1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity.<br />

1/27/12 01310-1 01405-060


2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major<br />

element of construction. Specifically list the Work of each Alarm Zone,<br />

each room and each space. List :<br />

a. All activity dependencies (predecessors and<br />

successors).<br />

b. All shop drawing submittal times, broken down to show<br />

shop drawings preparation, review and fabrication.<br />

c. System start up<br />

d. Test and balancing<br />

e. All construction activities exceeding 5 days in duration<br />

shall be shown individually.<br />

f. Both Substantial Completion and Final Completion shall<br />

be shown as single activities with a duration of one (1)<br />

calendar day.<br />

3.Show project percentage of completion for each item, as of the first day<br />

of each month.<br />

B. Submittals Schedule for Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples,<br />

show:<br />

1. The dates for all Contractor’s submittals.<br />

2. The dates submittals will be required for Owner-furnished products.<br />

3. The dates approved submittals will be required from the Architect in<br />

order not to delay the project.<br />

C. Products Delivery Schedule, show the dates for:<br />

1. Products specified under this Contract and provided by the Contractor.<br />

2. When zones, room, spaces are affected and occupancy not possible.<br />

D. Provide sub schedules to define critical portions of prime schedules.<br />

1.04 PROGRESS REVISIONS<br />

A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission.<br />

B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule<br />

1. Major changes in scope.<br />

2. Activities modified since previous submission.<br />

3. Revised projections of progress and completion.<br />

4. Other identifiable changes.<br />

C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:<br />

1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule.<br />

D. If at any point in time during the construction a critical activity falls behind<br />

schedule by five (5) calendar days or more, the project schedule shall be<br />

updated and resubmitted.<br />

1.05 SUBMISSIONS<br />

A. Submit to Architect initial schedules after award of Contract.<br />

1/27/12 01310-2 01405-060


1. Architect will review schedules and return review copy within seven (7)<br />

days after return of review copy.<br />

2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy.<br />

B. Submit to Architect revised progress schedules with each Application for<br />

Payment.<br />

C. Submit the number of opaque reproductions which the Contractor<br />

required, plus three (3) copies which will be retained by the Architect.<br />

PART 2<br />

PART 3<br />

PRODUCTS – NOT USED<br />

EXECUTION – NOT USED<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 01310-3 01405-060


SECTION 01340<br />

SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary<br />

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.<br />

1.2 SUMMARY<br />

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop<br />

Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.<br />

B. Related Sections include the following:<br />

1. Division 1 Section "Measurement and Payment" specifies requirements for submittal of<br />

the Schedule of Values.<br />

2. Division 1 Section "Coordination” specifies requirements governing preparation and<br />

submittal of required Coordination Drawings.<br />

3. Division 1 Section “Project Meetings” specifies requirements for submittal and distribution<br />

of meeting and conference minutes.<br />

4. Division 1 Section “Testing and Testing Laboratory Services” specifies requirements for<br />

submittal of inspections and test reports.<br />

5. Division 1 Section “Project Closeout” specifies requirements for submittal of Project<br />

Record Documents and warranties at project closeout.<br />

1.3 DEFINITIONS<br />

A. Construction Drawings show the relationship and integration of different construction elements<br />

that require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in the space provided or to<br />

function as intended.<br />

1. Preparation of Coordination Drawings is specified in Division 1 Section “Coordination”<br />

and may include components previously shown in detail on Shop Drawings of Product<br />

Data.<br />

B. Field Samples are full-size physical examples erected on-site to illustrate finishes, coating or<br />

finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by which the Work will be<br />

judged.<br />

C. Mock ups are full-size assemblies for review of construction, coordination, testing or operation;<br />

they are not samples.<br />

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES<br />

A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by<br />

Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.<br />

1/27/12 01340-1 01405-060


B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of<br />

construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related<br />

construction activities to avoid delays.<br />

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,<br />

and related activities that require sequential activity.<br />

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so<br />

processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for<br />

coordination.<br />

a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring<br />

coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.<br />

C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress<br />

Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of<br />

related construction activities.<br />

D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as<br />

follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of<br />

the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in<br />

advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.<br />

1. Initial Review: Allow two weeks for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time<br />

if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor<br />

when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.<br />

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner<br />

as initial submittal.<br />

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow two weeks for review of each resubmittal.<br />

E. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification.<br />

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.<br />

2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record<br />

Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.<br />

3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken:<br />

a. Project name.<br />

b. Date.<br />

c. Name and address of Architect.<br />

d. Name and address of Contractor.<br />

e. Name and address of subcontractor.<br />

f. Name and address of supplier.<br />

g. Name of manufacturer.<br />

h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.<br />

i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.<br />

F. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and<br />

handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Architect. The Architect will not<br />

accept submittals received from sources other than the Contractor.<br />

On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or<br />

separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including variations<br />

and limitations. Include Contractor’s certification that information complies with Contract<br />

Document requirements.<br />

1. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810<br />

1/27/12 01340-2 01405-060


G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.<br />

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.<br />

2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of<br />

revision.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS<br />

Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight, encircle or otherwise indicate<br />

deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard<br />

information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference<br />

to the Project is not a Shop Drawing.<br />

A. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules,<br />

patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information:<br />

1. Dimensions<br />

2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number<br />

3. Compliance with specified standards<br />

4. Notation of coordination requirements<br />

5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.<br />

B. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop<br />

Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 22 by 34 inches.<br />

1. Number of Copies: Submit one correctable, translucent, reproducible print and two<br />

black-line prints for the Architect’s review. The Architect will return the reproducible print.<br />

If submittal is 22 by 34 inches provide 2 half size 11 by 17 inch prints for review.<br />

2. One of the prints returned shall be marked up and maintained as a “Record Document”<br />

3. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken.<br />

2.2 SAMPLES<br />

Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with<br />

the material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated<br />

components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets and swatches showing color, texture and<br />

pattern.<br />

1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of quantities indicated.<br />

Include the following:<br />

a. Specification Section number and reference<br />

b. Generic description of the Sample<br />

c. Sample source<br />

d. Product name or name of the manufacturer<br />

e. Compliance with recognized standards<br />

f. Availability and delivery time<br />

A. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern and texture. Submit samples for a final<br />

check of these characteristics with other elements and a comparison of these characteristics<br />

between the final submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.<br />

1/27/12 01340-3 01405-060


1. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other characteristic is inherent in the material<br />

or product represented, submit at least 3 multiple units that show approximately limits of<br />

the variations.<br />

2. Refer to other Specifications Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate<br />

workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and<br />

similar construction characteristics.<br />

3. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the Contractor for incorporation in<br />

the Work. Such Samples must be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal,<br />

indicate special requests regarding disposition of Samples submittals.<br />

4. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as the Owner’s<br />

property, are the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site prior to<br />

Substantial Completion.<br />

B. Submittals: Submit two full sets of choices where Samples are submitted for selection of color,<br />

pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices.<br />

C. The Architect will review and return submittals with the Architect’s notation indicating selection<br />

and other action.<br />

D. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout the<br />

course of construction.<br />

E. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated with each set.<br />

2.3 PRODUCT DATA<br />

Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. Product Data<br />

includes printed information, such as manufacturer’s installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color<br />

charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves.<br />

A. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed Product Data includes<br />

information on several products that are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable<br />

information. Include the following:<br />

a. Manufacturer’s printed recommendations<br />

b. Compliance with trade association standards<br />

c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards<br />

d. Application of testing agency labels and seals<br />

e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurements<br />

f. Notation of coordination requirements<br />

B. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents has<br />

been confirmed .<br />

C. Submittals: Submit (3) three copies of each required submittal; submittal (5) five copies where<br />

required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain on and will return the other marked<br />

with action taken corrections or modifications required.<br />

1. Unless noncompliance with Contact Document provisions is observed, the submittal<br />

may serve as the final submittal.<br />

1/27/12 01340-4 01405-060


D. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers, subcontractors, suppliers,<br />

manufacturers, fabricators and others required for performance of construction activities. Show<br />

distribution on transmittal forms.<br />

E. Do not proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer’s possession.<br />

F. Do not permit used of unmarked copies of Product Data in connection with construction.<br />

2.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Submit quality-control submittals, including design data, certifications, manufacturer’s<br />

instructions, manufacturer’s field reports and other quality-control submittals as required under<br />

other Sections on the Specifications.<br />

B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification that a product,<br />

material, or installation complies with specified requirements, submit a notarized certification<br />

from the manufacturer certifying compliance with specified requirements.<br />

1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer or other<br />

individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.<br />

C. Inspection and Testing <strong>Report</strong>s: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports<br />

from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section “Quality Control”<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW<br />

A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for<br />

compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with<br />

approval stamp before submitting to Architect.<br />

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name<br />

and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date<br />

of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked,<br />

and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.<br />

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION<br />

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and<br />

will return them without action.<br />

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or<br />

modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp<br />

and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:<br />

1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal “Approved,” the<br />

Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with<br />

requirements of the Contract Documents. Final Payment depends on that<br />

compliance.<br />

1/27/12 01340-5 01405-060


2. Final But-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal “Approved as<br />

Noted,” the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with<br />

notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract<br />

Documents. Final Payment depends on that compliance.<br />

3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal “Not Approved,<br />

Revise and Resubmit,” do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal<br />

including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a<br />

new submittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if<br />

necessary to obtain different action mark.<br />

a. Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked “Not Approved, Revise<br />

and Resubmit” at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.<br />

4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or special<br />

processing or other activity, the Architect will return the Submittal marked “Action<br />

Not Required”.<br />

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return<br />

it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate<br />

party.<br />

D. Partial submittals are not acceptable, will be considered non-responsive, and will be returned<br />

without review.<br />

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be<br />

discarded.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 01340-6 01405-060


SECTION 01700<br />

CONTRACT CLOSEOUT<br />

Part 1<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.1 SCOPE: Closeout is defined to include general requirements near end of Contract time, in<br />

preparation for final acceptance, final payment, normal termination of Contract, occupancy by<br />

Owner and similar actions evidencing completion of the work. Time of closeout is directly related<br />

to “substantial completion” and, therefore, may be either a single time period for entire work or a<br />

series of time periods for individual parts of the work which have been certified as “substantially<br />

complete” at different dates.<br />

1.2 PRE-REQUISITES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION<br />

A. General: Complete the following before requesting the Architect/ Engineer’s inspection<br />

for certification of substantial completion, either for the entire Work or for portions of the<br />

Work. List known exceptions in the request. The following items must be completed<br />

prior to requesting an inspection:<br />

1. Receive a “Certificate of Occupancy , or equivalent, from the permitting agency.<br />

2. Receive all final inspections and certifications from all permitting agencies. All<br />

open permits shall be fully closed out and documentation indicating so shall be<br />

provided to the Owner with copies to Architect.<br />

3. All warranties (including, but not limited to, the roof warranties) shall be fully<br />

executed and issued to the Owner with a copy to the Architect.<br />

4. All items previously indicated by the Owner or Architect during field inspections<br />

shall be completed.<br />

B. In the progress payment request that coincides with, or is the first request following, the<br />

date substantial completion is claimed, show either 100% completion for the portion of<br />

the Work claimed as “Substantially Complete”, or list incomplete items, the value of<br />

incomplete work, and reasons for the Work being incomplete.<br />

1. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these contract<br />

documents.<br />

2. Submit a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.<br />

3. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.<br />

4. Submit specific warranties, workmanship/ maintenance bonds, maintenance<br />

agreements, final certifications and similar documents.<br />

5. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner’s full, unrestricted use of the<br />

Work and access to services and utilities. Where required, include occupancy<br />

permits, operating certificated and similar releases.<br />

6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock of material and similar physical items to the<br />

Owner.<br />

C. Complete start-up testing of systems and instructions of the Owner’s operating and<br />

maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and<br />

services from the project site, along with construction tools and facilities, mock up and<br />

similar elements.<br />

D. Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touch-up painting of marred surfaces.<br />

E. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.<br />

F. Inspection Procedures: Upon receipt of the Contractor’s request for inspection, the<br />

Architect/ Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled<br />

prerequisites.<br />

1. Following the initial inspection, the Architect/ Engineer will either prepare the<br />

certificated of substantial completion or will advise the Contractor of work which<br />

must be performed before the certificate will be issued. The Architect/ Engineer<br />

will repeat the inspection when requested and when assured that the Work had<br />

been substantially completed. The Architect/ Engineer will perform one re-<br />

1/27/12 01700-1 01405-060


inspection as indicated. If additional re-inspections are required, the contractor<br />

will be back charged by the Owner for the Architect/ Engineering fees associated<br />

with this work.<br />

2. Results of the completed inspection will form the initial “punch-list” for final<br />

acceptance.<br />

1.3 PRE-REQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE<br />

A. General: Complete the following before requesting the Architect/ Engineer’s final<br />

inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment as required by the<br />

General Conditions. List known exceptions, if any, in the request.<br />

1. Submit the final payment request with final releases and supporting<br />

documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of<br />

insurance for products and complete operations where required.<br />

2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the<br />

Contract Sum.<br />

3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect/ Engineer’s final punch list of itemized<br />

work to be completed or corrected, stating that teach item has bee completed or<br />

otherwise resolved for acceptance and has been endorsed and dated by the<br />

Architect/ Engineer.<br />

4. Submit final meter readings for utilities; a measure record of stored fuel and<br />

similar data either as of the date of substantial completion, or else when the<br />

Owner took possession of and responsibility for corresponding elements of the<br />

Work.<br />

5. Submit consent of surety. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement<br />

statement, acceptable to the Owner.<br />

6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with<br />

insurance requirements.<br />

B. Re-inspection Procedure: The Architect/ Engineer will re-inspect the Work upon receipt<br />

of the Contractor’s notice that the work, including punch list items resulting from earlier<br />

inspections, has been completed, except for those items whose completion has been<br />

delayed because of circumstances that are acceptable to the Architect/ Engineer.<br />

1. Upon completion of re-inspection, the Architect/ Engineer will either prepare a<br />

certificated of final acceptance, or will advise the Contractor of work that is<br />

incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled, but are required for final<br />

acceptance.<br />

2. If necessary, the re-inspection procedure will be repeated. The Architect/<br />

Engineer will perform one re-inspection as indicated. If additional re-inspections<br />

are required, the contractor will be back charged by the Owner for the Architect/<br />

Engineering fees associated with this work.<br />

1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:<br />

A. General: In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site for the<br />

District one (1) record copy of:<br />

1. Drawings.<br />

2. Specifications.<br />

3. Addenda/<br />

4. Change orders and Other Modifications to the Contract.<br />

5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.<br />

6. Field Test Records.<br />

7. Inspection Certificates.<br />

8. Manufacturers Certificates.<br />

B. Maintenance of Documents and Samples:<br />

1/27/12 01700-2 01405-060


1. Store documents and samples in Contractor’s field office apart from documents<br />

used for construction. Provide files, racks and secure storage spaces for storage<br />

of documents and samples.<br />

2. File documents and samples in accordance with specification format.<br />

3. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not<br />

use record documents for construction purposes.<br />

4. Keep documents and samples available at all times during normal working hours<br />

for inspection by the Architect / Engineer.<br />

C. Recording:<br />

1. Label each document “PROJECT RECORD” in neat, large printed letters.<br />

2. Record information concurrently with construction progress.<br />

3. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction:<br />

a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor<br />

datum.<br />

b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and<br />

appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements.<br />

c. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the<br />

construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of<br />

construction.<br />

d. Where submittals are sued for mark-up, record a cross-reference at<br />

corresponding locations on Drawings.<br />

e. Field changes of dimension and detail.<br />

f. Changes made by Change Order or other modifications. Note related<br />

Change Order numbers where applicable.<br />

g. Details not on original Contract Drawings.<br />

4. Record Drawings: Provide computer-generated “as built” drawings incorporating<br />

all changes as stated in 1.4 (c) 3. Above with all corrections indicates (i.e.<br />

clouded, etc.) as follows:<br />

a. One reproducible drawing set.<br />

b. CD diskettes containing electronic drawing files created in AutoCAD.<br />

c. The Architect will incorporate the Contractor’s “as-built” notations and will<br />

bill this service to the Contractor at the Architect’s standard hourly rates.<br />

D. Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record:<br />

1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and<br />

item of equipment actually installed, particularly optional and substitute items.<br />

2. Changes made by Addendum, Change Order or other modifications.<br />

3. Related submittals.<br />

E. Delivery:<br />

1. At Contract closeout, deliver Record Documents to the Resident Engineer.<br />

2. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate containing:<br />

a. Date.<br />

b. Contract name and number.<br />

c. Contractor’s name, address and telephone number.<br />

d. Number and title of each Record Document.<br />

e. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.<br />

1.5 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS:<br />

1. Arrange for each installed of work requiring continuous maintenance or operation to<br />

meet with Owner’s personnel, at project site, to provide basic instructions needed<br />

for proper operation and maintenance of entire work. Include instructions by<br />

manufacturer’s representatives where installers are not expert in the required<br />

procedures. Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare<br />

parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system. Control sequences,<br />

hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment,<br />

1/27/12 01700-3 01405-060


demonstrate start-up, shut-down, emergency operations, noise and vibration<br />

adjustments, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, energy effectiveness, and<br />

similar operations. Review maintenance and operations in relation with applicable<br />

warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar continuing commitments.<br />

PART 2 PRODUCTS,– NOT APPLICABLE.<br />

PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT APPLICABLE<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 01700-4 01405-060


SECTION 01710<br />

CLEANING<br />

PART 1<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Special<br />

Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work specified in this<br />

Section.<br />

1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED<br />

A. Execute cleaning, during progress of the work, and at completion of the work, as<br />

required by General Conditions, and all applicable sections of this project manual.<br />

1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. All applicable sections of the Specifications.<br />

B. Conditions of the Contract.<br />

1.04 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances,<br />

regulation, and anti-pollution laws.<br />

PART 2<br />

PRODUCTS<br />

2.01 MATERIALS<br />

A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or<br />

property and which will not damage surfaces.<br />

B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer<br />

of the surface material to be cleaned.<br />

C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material<br />

manufacturer.<br />

PART 3<br />

EXECUTION<br />

1.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION<br />

A. Execute frequent (once a day minimum) cleaning to keep the work, the site and<br />

adjacent areas free from dust and accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and<br />

windblown debris, resulting from Construction work.<br />

B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and<br />

rubbish.<br />

C. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and<br />

dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site.<br />

D. Employ sealed debris container inside occupied areas.<br />

E. Notify Owner 48 hours in advance and coordinate work with other activities taking<br />

place in the work affected area.<br />

1/27/12 02070-1 01405-060


3.02 DUST CONTROL<br />

A. Perform operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from<br />

Construction Work operations will not cause any damages or maintenance<br />

problems to adjacent areas.<br />

B. Schedule operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning<br />

process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces.<br />

3.03 FINAL CLEANING<br />

A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.<br />

B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesive, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other<br />

foreign materials from site-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.<br />

C. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.<br />

D. Vacuum clean interior surfaces; wet-rag clean other surfaces as required.<br />

E. Prior to final completion, or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an<br />

inspection of site-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and all work areas, to<br />

verify that the entire work is clean.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 02070-2 01405-060


SECTION 01740<br />

WARRANTIES<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary<br />

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.<br />

1.2 SUMMARY<br />

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the<br />

Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special<br />

warranties.<br />

1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the<br />

Work.<br />

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:<br />

1. Division 1 Section "Project Closeout" specifies contract closeout procedures.<br />

2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and<br />

installations specified to be warranted.<br />

3. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner<br />

are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.<br />

C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties<br />

do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products.<br />

Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers,<br />

manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the<br />

Contractor.<br />

D. Separate Contracts: Each contractor is responsible for warranties related to its own contract.<br />

1.3 DEFINITIONS<br />

A. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual<br />

manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the<br />

Owner.<br />

B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to<br />

extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.<br />

1.4 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction,<br />

remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be<br />

removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction.<br />

B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected<br />

by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated<br />

warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.<br />

C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or<br />

rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract<br />

1/27/12 01740-1 01405-060


Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work<br />

regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its<br />

anticipated useful service life.<br />

D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied<br />

warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available<br />

under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in<br />

which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.<br />

1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit<br />

selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract<br />

Documents.<br />

E. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment on the Work<br />

or part of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the<br />

Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing<br />

to do so.<br />

1.5 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If<br />

the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for<br />

warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of<br />

the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect.<br />

1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner,<br />

by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly<br />

executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated<br />

portion of the Work.<br />

B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor,<br />

supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that<br />

contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties.<br />

Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution.<br />

C. Forms for special warranties are included at the end of this Section. Prepare a written<br />

document utilizing the appropriate form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or by the<br />

Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the<br />

Architect, for approval prior to final execution.<br />

1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular<br />

requirements for submitting special warranties.<br />

D. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile 2 copies of each required warranty properly<br />

executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer.<br />

Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the<br />

Project Manual.<br />

E. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl-covered<br />

loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-<br />

1/2-by-11-inch paper.<br />

1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty.<br />

Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the<br />

product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address, and<br />

telephone number of the Installer.<br />

2. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"<br />

Project title or name, and name of the Contractor.<br />

1/27/12 01740-2 01405-060


3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide<br />

additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required<br />

manual.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)<br />

PART 3 – EXECUTION –<br />

3.1 WARRANTY PERIOD SERVICES<br />

A. Warranty Period Inspections: Perform inspections of the Work during the period prior to<br />

expiration of the warranty(ies) in conformance with the Technical Sections of the Specifications<br />

at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide sufficient personnel to conduct the inspection(s).<br />

Ensure that the inspection personnel are qualified and are capable of representing the<br />

Contractor, subcontractor, suppliers and manufacturers. Coordinate inspections with the Owner<br />

and Owner’s representatives.<br />

B. Warranty Period Repairs: Perform repairs or adjustments to any products found to be<br />

performing outside the normal range. Replace any product found to be defective and<br />

unrepairable with a new identical product, or at the Owner’s option with one of like-kind and of<br />

equal performance as the original. See Division 1 General Conditions for definition of “or-equal”<br />

as it applies to furnished products. All other conditions and specifications of the Contract<br />

Documents apply to the replacement of defective products.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 01740-3 01405-060


SECTION 02070<br />

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and<br />

Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this<br />

Section.<br />

1.2 SUMMARY<br />

A. This Section includes the following:<br />

1. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.<br />

2. Patching and repairs.<br />

1.3 DEFINITIONS<br />

A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be<br />

reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property.<br />

B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the<br />

Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against<br />

damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner's designated<br />

storage area.<br />

C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise<br />

prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the<br />

same locations or in locations indicated.<br />

D. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and<br />

soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be<br />

removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and<br />

then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.<br />

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP<br />

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or<br />

otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall<br />

become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further<br />

disposition at the Contractor's option.<br />

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS<br />

A. Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective<br />

demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so that Owner's operations will not<br />

be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will<br />

affect Owner's operations.<br />

1/27/12 02070-1 01405-060


B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of facilities to be selectively<br />

demolished.<br />

1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be<br />

maintained by Owner as far as practical.<br />

C. Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the Work. If any<br />

materials suspected of containing asbestos are encountered, do not disturb the<br />

materials. Immediately notify the Architect and the Owner.<br />

D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.<br />

1.6 SCHEDULING<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.1 EXAMINATION<br />

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.<br />

B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine<br />

extent of selective demolition required.<br />

C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to<br />

be removed and salvaged.<br />

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the<br />

intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature<br />

and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect.<br />

E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective<br />

demolition activities.<br />

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES<br />

A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against<br />

damage during selective demolition operations.<br />

1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities, except<br />

when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.<br />

Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as<br />

acceptable to Owner and to governing authorities.<br />

a. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is<br />

required during changeover.<br />

B. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility<br />

services serving building to be selectively demolished.<br />

1/27/12 02070-2 01405-060


1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated utilities when requested by Contractor.<br />

2. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.<br />

3. Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned,<br />

provide bypass connections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of<br />

the building before proceeding with selective demolition.<br />

4. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug<br />

and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.<br />

C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15 and 16 Sections for shutting off,<br />

disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utility services. Do not start<br />

selective demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been<br />

completed and verified in writing.<br />

3.3 PREPARATION<br />

A. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases,<br />

explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with<br />

selective demolition operations.<br />

B. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with<br />

other adjacent occupied and used facilities.<br />

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used<br />

facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.<br />

Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways.<br />

D. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to facilities to<br />

remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area.<br />

1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and<br />

covered passageways, where required.<br />

2. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.<br />

3. Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around<br />

perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain.<br />

4. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and<br />

removal of existing construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to<br />

ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas.<br />

3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS<br />

A. Use temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and<br />

dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations.<br />

1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous<br />

or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.<br />

B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent<br />

surfaces and areas.<br />

1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device<br />

that will convey debris to grade level.<br />

1/27/12 02070-3 01405-060


C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by<br />

selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before<br />

start of selective demolition.<br />

3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION<br />

A. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new<br />

construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within<br />

limitations of governing regulations and as follows:<br />

1. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.<br />

2. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable<br />

materials and promptly dispose of off-site.<br />

3. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of<br />

removed items is prohibited.<br />

4. Return elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition existing<br />

before start of selective demolition operations.<br />

3.6 PATCHING AND REPAIRS<br />

A. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent<br />

construction by selective demolition operations.<br />

B. Patching is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."<br />

3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS<br />

A. General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished<br />

materials to accumulate on-site.<br />

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.<br />

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of<br />

them.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 02070-4 01405-060


SECTION 07270<br />

FIRESTOPPING<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. Section includes: Installation of firestopping material, or combination of<br />

materials, at openings and voids in, or at periphery of fire-rated construction, and<br />

in locations as follows:<br />

1. Penetrations through fire-rated floor slabs, both empty holes and holes<br />

accommodating items such as cables, pipes, ducts, conduit, etc.<br />

2. Penetrations through fire-rated walls and partitions.<br />

3. Openings between tops of walls and floor or roof slabs.<br />

4. Penetrations of vertical service shafts.<br />

5. Expansion joints in walls, floors, and wall and floor assemblies.<br />

6. Openings and/or penetrations through smoke barriers, fire stops,<br />

partition top plate, partition intermediate plate at ceiling level, furring at<br />

ceiling level, or special compartmentalized areas.<br />

7. Openings between walls and floor slab.<br />

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. General: Provide firestopping materials that expand to fill cavities or<br />

provide adhesion to substrates, and that will maintain seal under normal<br />

expected movements of substrates.<br />

B. U.L. Classification: Provide firestopping materials that are currently<br />

classified with U.L. as “Fill, Void, or Cavity Materials” and “Through-Penetration<br />

Firestop Systems”.<br />

C. Fire Tests: Provide firestopping materials that have been tested in<br />

conformance with ASTM E814 “Methods for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration<br />

Fire Stops” and U.L. 1479 “Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops”.<br />

D. Materials shall have been tested to provide fire rating equal to that of the<br />

construction. It shall not be water soluble to preclude washing out of the<br />

penetration hole if water is present.<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Submit manufacturer’s product data for all materials and prefabricated devices;<br />

provide descriptions sufficient for identification at the job site. Include<br />

manufacturer’s installation instructions.<br />

B. Submit shop drawings showing proposed material, reinforcement, anchorage,<br />

fastenings, and method of installation. Construction details shall accurately<br />

reflect actual job conditions.<br />

1.4 SEQUENCING / SCHEDULING<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

A. Coordinate the work of this section with work performed under other sections of<br />

the Project Manual.<br />

1/27/12 07270-1 01405-060


2.1 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the<br />

following or approved equal:<br />

2.2 MATERIALS<br />

2.3 MIXING<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

1. 3M Fire Products, St. Paul, MN 55144<br />

2. Tremco X-Ferno Products, Beachwood, OH 44122<br />

3. Or approved equal.<br />

A. Firestopping materials / constructions shall constitute one or more of the<br />

following products, and shall be compatible with the material to which it is<br />

applied.<br />

1. 3M:<br />

a. CP-25 Caulk<br />

b. 303 Putty<br />

c. FS-195 Wrap/Strip<br />

d. CS-195 Composite Strip<br />

2. Tremco:<br />

a. Fyre-Shield Sealant<br />

b. Fyre-Sil and Fyre-Sil SL Sealant<br />

3. Damming Materials: Products compatible with the above materials as<br />

certified by the manufacturer.<br />

B. Firestopping materials shall be asbestos-free and capable of maintaining an<br />

effective barrier against flame, smoke, and gasses in compliance with the<br />

requirements of ASTM E814 and U.L. 1479.<br />

C. On insulated pipe, the fire-rating classification must not require removal of the<br />

insulation.<br />

D. The rating of the firestops shall be in no case less than the rating of the timerated<br />

floor or wall assembly.<br />

A. Mix silicone components in conformance with manufacturer’s instructions.<br />

3.1 PREPARATION<br />

A. Clean surfaces to be in contact with firestopping materials of dirt, grease, oil,<br />

loose materials, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the<br />

required fire resistance.<br />

B. Exposed seals: Use masking tape to protect adjacent finished substrate.<br />

3.2 INSTALLATION<br />

A. Install firestopping materials in conformance with manufacturer’s instructions.<br />

B. Seal all holes or voids made by penetrations to ensure an effective smoke<br />

barrier.<br />

1/27/12 07270-2 01405-060


C. Unless protected from possible loading or traffic, install firestopping materials in<br />

floors having void openings of four (4) inches or more to support the same floor<br />

load requirements.<br />

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />

A. Examine firestopped areas to ensure proper installation prior to concealing or<br />

enclosing firestopped areas.<br />

B. Areas of work shall remain accessible until inspection and approval by the<br />

applicable code authorities.<br />

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING<br />

A. Clean excess cured sealant, spills, etc.; remove debris.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 07270-3 01405-060


SECTION 09255<br />

GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary<br />

Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.<br />

1.2 SUMMARY<br />

A. This Section includes the following:<br />

1. Nonload-bearing steel framing members for gypsum board assemblies.<br />

2. Gypsum board assemblies attached to steel framing.<br />

3. Cementitious backer units installed with gypsum board assemblies.<br />

4. Gypsum board shaft wall assemblies.<br />

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section:<br />

1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for firestopping systems and fire-resistance-rated joint<br />

sealants.<br />

1.3 DEFINITIONS<br />

A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 and GA-505 for definitions of<br />

terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced<br />

standards.<br />

1.4 ASSEMBLY PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide<br />

materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were<br />

determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified<br />

independent testing agency.<br />

B. Fire Resistance: Provide gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings indicated.<br />

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Single-Source Responsibility for Panel Products: Obtain each type of gypsum board and other<br />

panel products from a single manufacturer.<br />

B. Single-Source Responsibility for Finishing Materials: Obtain finishing materials from either the<br />

same manufacturer that supplies gypsum board and other panel products or from a<br />

manufacturer acceptable to gypsum board manufacturer.<br />

C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies<br />

are required, provide gypsum board assemblies that comply with the following requirements:<br />

1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As indicated by GA File Numbers in GA-600 "Fire Resistance<br />

Design Manual" or design designations in UL "Fire Resistance Directory" or in the<br />

listing of another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having<br />

jurisdiction.<br />

2. Deflection and Firestop Track: Top runner provided in fire-resistance-rated assemblies<br />

indicated is labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and<br />

inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.<br />

1/27/12 09255-1 01405-060


1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />

A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and<br />

identification of manufacturer or supplier.<br />

B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from<br />

weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other<br />

causes. Neatly stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging.<br />

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS<br />

A. Environmental Conditions, General: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for<br />

applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum<br />

board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent.<br />

B. Room Temperatures: For nonadhesive attachment of gypsum board to framing, maintain not<br />

less than 40 deg F (4 deg C). Do not exceed 95 deg F (35 deg C) when using temporary<br />

heat sources.<br />

C. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to dry joint treatment materials. Avoid drafts<br />

during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too rapidly.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering<br />

products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:<br />

1. Gypsum Board and Related Products:<br />

a. Domtar Gypsum.<br />

b. Georgia-Pacific Corp.<br />

c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.<br />

d. United States Gypsum Co.<br />

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be<br />

incorporated in the Work where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated include, but are<br />

not limited to, the following:<br />

2.2 GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS<br />

A. General: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum lengths available that will<br />

minimize end-to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application.<br />

1. Widths: Provide gypsum board in widths of 48 inches (1219 mm).<br />

B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36 and as follows:<br />

1. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

2. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.<br />

3. Edges: Tapered.<br />

4. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) where indicated.<br />

5. Shaftwall care liner: 1” thick.<br />

2.3 CEMENTITIOUS BACKER UNITS<br />

1/27/12 09255-2 01405-060


A. Provide cementitious backer units complying with ANSI A118.9, of thickness and width indicated<br />

below, and in maximum lengths available to minimize end-to-end butt joints.<br />

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), unless otherwise indicated.<br />

2. Width: 32 inches (813 mm).<br />

3. Width: Manufacturer's standard width, but not less than 800 mm.<br />

B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, cementitious backer units that<br />

may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:<br />

1. The Original Wonderboard; Custom Building Products.<br />

2. Wonderboard Multi+Board; Custom Building Products.<br />

3. DomCrete Cementitious Tile-Backer Board; Domtar Gypsum.<br />

4. Util-A-Crete Concrete Backer Board; FinPan, Inc.<br />

5. DUROCK Cement Board; United States Gypsum Co.<br />

2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with<br />

ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated below:<br />

1. Material: Formed metal or plastic.<br />

2. Shapes indicated below by reference to Fig. 1 designations in ASTM C 1047:<br />

a. Cornerbead on outside corners, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

b. LC-bead with both face and back flanges; face flange formed to receive joint<br />

compound. Use LC-beads for edge trim, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

c. L-bead with face flange only; face flange formed to receive joint compound. Use L-<br />

bead where indicated.<br />

d. U-bead with face and back flanges; face flange formed to be left without application<br />

of joint compound. Use U-bead where indicated.<br />

e. One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering slot<br />

opening.<br />

2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS<br />

A. General: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and the<br />

recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment<br />

materials for each application indicated.<br />

B. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

C. Joint Tape for Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by cementitious backer unit<br />

manufacturer.<br />

D. Joint Compound for Cementitious Backer Units: Material recommended by cementitious backer<br />

unit manufacturer.<br />

2.6 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT<br />

A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,<br />

paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and the following<br />

requirements:<br />

1. Product is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and<br />

openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative<br />

assemblies according to ASTM E 90.<br />

B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening,<br />

nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing<br />

interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.<br />

1/27/12 09255-3 01405-060


C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, acoustical sealants that may be<br />

incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:<br />

1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:<br />

a. PL Acoustical Sealant; ChemRex, Inc.; Contech Brands.<br />

b. AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant; Pecora Corp.<br />

c. SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; United States Gypsum Co.<br />

2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:<br />

a. BA-98; Pecora Corp.<br />

b. Tremco Acoustical Sealant; Tremco, Inc.<br />

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS<br />

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that comply with referenced<br />

standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.<br />

B. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members<br />

from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.<br />

C. Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by unit manufacturer for fastening cementitious<br />

backer units.<br />

D. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation produced by combining<br />

mineral fibers of type described below with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665<br />

for Type I (blankets without membrane facing).<br />

1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.1 EXAMINATION<br />

A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board assemblies attach or abut, installed hollow metal<br />

frames, cast-in-anchors, and structural framing, with Installer present, for compliance with<br />

requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of<br />

assemblies specified in this Section. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory<br />

conditions have been corrected.<br />

3.2 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL<br />

A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with<br />

ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation.<br />

B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board<br />

assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories,<br />

furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations<br />

of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none available, with United States Gypsum Co.'s<br />

"Gypsum Construction Handbook."<br />

3.3 APPLYING AND FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL<br />

A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply<br />

with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.<br />

B. Install sound-attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels unless<br />

blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.<br />

1/27/12 09255-4 01405-060


C. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels.<br />

Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5<br />

mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place.<br />

D. Locate both edge or end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate<br />

supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered<br />

edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions.<br />

Avoid joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings where possible.<br />

E. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open<br />

(unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.<br />

F. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts.<br />

G. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor<br />

joists and headers. Instead, float gypsum panels over these members using resilient<br />

channels or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.<br />

H. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors<br />

over 32 inches (813 mm) wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately<br />

insert gypsum panels into frames.<br />

1. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.<br />

2. Where partitions intersect open concrete coffers, concrete joists, and other structural<br />

members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels<br />

to fit profile formed by coffers, joists, and other structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-<br />

inch- (6.4- to 9.5-mm-) wide joints to install sealant.<br />

I. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and<br />

finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.<br />

J. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c.<br />

3.4 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION METHODS<br />

A. Single-Layer Application: Install gypsum wallboard panels as follows:<br />

1. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless<br />

parallel application is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies. Use maximumlength<br />

panels to minimize end joints.<br />

a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses<br />

of board.<br />

B. Wall Tile Substrates: For substrates indicated to receive thin-set ceramic tile and similar rigid<br />

applied wall finishes, comply with the following:<br />

1. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11 at locations indicated to<br />

receive wall tile.<br />

C. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows:<br />

1. Fasten with screws.<br />

3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES<br />

A. General: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the same fasteners<br />

used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessory<br />

manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners.<br />

B. Install cornerbead at external corners.<br />

1/27/12 09255-5 01405-060


C. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim<br />

type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are<br />

indicated.<br />

3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES<br />

A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of cornerbead, edge trim, control<br />

joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare<br />

gypsum board surfaces for decoration.<br />

B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint<br />

compound.<br />

C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not<br />

requiring tape.<br />

D. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as recommended<br />

by trim accessory manufacturer.<br />

E. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-<br />

214.<br />

1. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher<br />

level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated<br />

assemblies.<br />

2. Level 2 where panels form substrates for tile and where indicated.<br />

3. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

F. For Level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and<br />

finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories.<br />

Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of<br />

visual defects and ready for decoration.<br />

G. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first<br />

coat of joint compound.<br />

H. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound.<br />

I. Finish cementitious backer units to comply with unit manufacturer's directions.<br />

3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION<br />

A. Promptly remove any residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.<br />

B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to Installer, that ensure<br />

gypsum board assemblies are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial<br />

Completion.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 09255-6 01405-060


SECTION 09511<br />

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS<br />

PART 1 -<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

1.02 SUMMARY<br />

1.03 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and<br />

Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to<br />

this Section.<br />

A. Ceilings consisting of acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems.<br />

A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.<br />

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of<br />

actual acoustical panels or sections of acoustical panels, suspension<br />

systems, and moldings showing the full range of colors, textures, and<br />

patterns available for each type of ceiling assembly indicated.<br />

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has<br />

completed acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent<br />

to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service<br />

performance.<br />

B. Source Limitations for Ceiling Units: Obtain each acoustical ceiling panel<br />

from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in<br />

appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.<br />

C. Source Limitations for Suspension System: Obtain each suspension<br />

system from one source with resources to provide products of consistent<br />

quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.<br />

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />

A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project<br />

site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed<br />

space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct<br />

sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.<br />

B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature<br />

and a stabilized moisture content.<br />

C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging<br />

units in any way.<br />

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS<br />

A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel ceilings until<br />

spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet-work in spaces is complete<br />

and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and<br />

humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when<br />

occupied for its intended use.<br />

1/27/12 02070-1 01405-060


1.07 COORDINATION<br />

PART 2 -<br />

PRODUCTS<br />

2.01 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension<br />

system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by<br />

them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system,<br />

and partition assemblies.<br />

A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products<br />

that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,<br />

those indicated for each designation.<br />

2.02 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL<br />

A. Manufacturers:<br />

1. Armstrong<br />

2. Manville<br />

3. Celotex Corp.<br />

B. Acoustical Panels – Suspended<br />

1. Embossed wet-formed mineral fiber.<br />

2. 24" x 24" x 5/8” thick non-combustible.<br />

3. Square edge<br />

4. Non-directional fissured<br />

5. NRC Range: .5-.6<br />

6. STC Range: 35-39<br />

7. Class A Flame Spread 25 or under<br />

8. Surface color: White<br />

9. Light Reflectance: 75%<br />

10. Armstrong Mineboard Cortega or approved equal<br />

11. Include two dozen extra panels of specified type.<br />

2.03 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL<br />

A. Manufacturers:<br />

1. Armstrong World Industries<br />

2. Chicago Metallic Corp.<br />

3. U.S. Gypsum<br />

B. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard<br />

direct-hung metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications,<br />

and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635<br />

requirements.<br />

1. Suspension System:<br />

1/27/12 02070-2 01405-060


PART 3 -<br />

EXECUTION<br />

3.01 EXAMINATION<br />

3.02 PREPARATION<br />

a. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel: Intermediate duty, with<br />

upward access.<br />

b. Donn Products DX.<br />

C. Finishes and Colors, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes<br />

Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for<br />

applying and designating finishes. Provide manufacturer's standard<br />

factory-applied finish for type of system indicated.<br />

D. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in<br />

ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

1. Postinstalled Powder-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener<br />

system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from<br />

corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for<br />

attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain,<br />

without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling<br />

construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted<br />

by a qualified testing and inspecting agency.<br />

E. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the<br />

following requirements:<br />

1. Zinc-Coated Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc<br />

coating, soft temper.<br />

2. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at three times hanger design<br />

load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than yield stress<br />

of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch diameter wire.<br />

F. Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not<br />

indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations<br />

that fit acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated;<br />

formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for<br />

exposed flanges of suspension system runners.<br />

A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel<br />

ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with<br />

requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling<br />

installation and anchorage, and other conditions affecting performance of<br />

acoustical panel ceilings.<br />

1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have<br />

been corrected.<br />

A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for cast-in-place anchors, clips, and other<br />

ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other Sections.<br />

B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to<br />

balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using lessthan-half-width<br />

panels at borders, and comply with layout shown on<br />

reflected ceiling plans.<br />

1/27/12 02070-3 01405-060


3.03 INSTALLATION<br />

A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications<br />

referenced below per manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's<br />

"Ceiling Systems Handbook."<br />

1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with<br />

ASTM C 636.<br />

B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as<br />

follows:<br />

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other<br />

objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure<br />

or of ceiling suspension system.<br />

2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset<br />

resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other<br />

equally effective means.<br />

3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum<br />

produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at<br />

spacings required to support standard suspension system members,<br />

install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of<br />

trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension<br />

members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance<br />

limits established by referenced standards and publications.<br />

4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports<br />

above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly<br />

either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are<br />

secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate<br />

or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.<br />

C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with<br />

a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural<br />

members as required for hangers, without attaching to permanent metal<br />

forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete<br />

with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors.<br />

D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical<br />

ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.<br />

1. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16<br />

inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with<br />

ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter<br />

corners accurately and connect securely.<br />

2. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and<br />

trim.<br />

E. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely<br />

interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked<br />

members.<br />

F. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into<br />

suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at<br />

borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit.<br />

1/27/12 02070-4 01405-060


3.04 CLEANING<br />

1. For square-edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from<br />

view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings.<br />

2. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match<br />

color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in<br />

writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer.<br />

3. Caulk space between edge moulding and wall.<br />

A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge<br />

moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's<br />

written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage.<br />

Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully<br />

cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 02070-5 01405-060


SECTION 09651<br />

RESILIENT TILE FLOORING<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary<br />

Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.<br />

1.2 SUMMARY<br />

A. This Section includes the following:<br />

1. Vinyl composition floor tile.<br />

2. Resilient wall base and accessories.<br />

3. Molded interlocking rubber floor tile.<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Product Data: For each type of product specified.<br />

B. Samples for Verification: Tiles of each different color and pattern of resilient floor tile<br />

specified.<br />

D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of resilient products certifying that each product<br />

furnished complies with requirements.<br />

E. Maintenance Data: For resilient floor tile to include in the maintenance manuals specified in<br />

Division 1.<br />

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section.<br />

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type, color, and pattern of product specified from one source<br />

with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical<br />

properties without delaying the Work.<br />

C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire-test-response<br />

characteristics as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below<br />

by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.<br />

1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W/sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648.<br />

2. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per<br />

ASTM E 662.<br />

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />

A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons and containers,<br />

each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and<br />

handling instructions.<br />

B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained<br />

between 50 and 90 deg F.<br />

C. Store tiles on flat surfaces.<br />

1/27/12 09651-1 01405-060


D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation,<br />

unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer.<br />

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS<br />

A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive<br />

products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours<br />

after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time<br />

periods. After postinstallation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or<br />

more than 95 deg F.<br />

B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be<br />

installed.<br />

C. Close spaces to traffic during flooring installation and for time period after installation<br />

recommended in writing by manufacturer.<br />

D. Install tiles and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been<br />

completed.<br />

E. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of resilient tile<br />

flooring, install tile before these items are installed.<br />

F. Do not install flooring over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond<br />

with adhesive, as determined by flooring manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture<br />

test.<br />

G. Match existing flooring colors, shades, sizes and thickness. Cut and trim to sizes necessary.<br />

Replace existing when necessary to transition from new to existing.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products from the following<br />

manufacturers:<br />

1. AFCO-USA, American Floor Products Company, Inc.<br />

2. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.<br />

3. Azrock Commercial Flooring, DOMCO<br />

4. Burke Mercer Flooring Products<br />

5. Endura<br />

6. Estrie, Ameircan Biltrite (Canada) Ltd.<br />

7. Johnsonite<br />

8. Marley Flexco (USA), Inc.<br />

9. Mondo Rubber International, Inc.<br />

10. Musson, R.C. Riubber Co.<br />

11. Nora Rubber Flooring, Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc.<br />

12. Pirelli Rubber Flooring<br />

13. Rope Corporation<br />

14. Stoler Industries<br />

15. VPI, LLC, Floor Products Division<br />

2.2 MATERIALS<br />

A. Vinyl Composition Tile:<br />

1/27/12 09651-2 01405-060


1. Class: Two, through pattern.<br />

2. Wearing Surface: Smooth, non-slip.<br />

3. Thickness: 1/8 inch.<br />

4. Size: 12 X 12 inches.<br />

a) Manufacturer: Armstrong or approved equal.<br />

B. Resilient Accessories:<br />

1. Wall Base: Vinyl.<br />

2. Moldings: Vinyl.<br />

3. 4” high x 1/8” thick.<br />

a) Manufacturer: Armstrong or approved equal.<br />

D. Metal edge and transition strips.<br />

2.3 RESILIENT TILE<br />

A. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066.<br />

2.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40a Type II:<br />

B. Vinyl Accessory Moldings: Products complying with requirements specified and detailed.<br />

2.5 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based<br />

formulation provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.<br />

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and<br />

substrate conditions indicated.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.1 EXAMINATION<br />

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with<br />

Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements. Verify that substrates<br />

and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements<br />

specified.<br />

B. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following:<br />

1. Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other<br />

materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness<br />

characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by flooring<br />

manufacturer.<br />

2. Subfloors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits.<br />

C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.<br />

3.2 PREPARATION<br />

A. General: Comply with resilient product manufacturer's written installation instructions for<br />

preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products.<br />

B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written<br />

instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.<br />

1/27/12 09651-3 01405-060


C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with<br />

flooring adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods<br />

recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.<br />

D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before product installation.<br />

After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not<br />

proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.<br />

3.3 TILE INSTALLATION<br />

A. General: Comply with tile manufacturer's written installation instructions.<br />

B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so<br />

tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut<br />

widths that equal less than one-half of a tile at perimeter.<br />

1. Lay tiles square with room axis, unless otherwise indicated.<br />

C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as<br />

manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Cut tiles neatly around all fixtures. Discard<br />

broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles.<br />

1. Lay tiles in basket-weave pattern with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles.<br />

D. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures,<br />

including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and<br />

nosings.<br />

E. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.<br />

F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting<br />

by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent,<br />

nonstaining marking device.<br />

G. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in finished floor areas.<br />

Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on covers.<br />

Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers.<br />

H. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to comply<br />

with tile manufacturer's written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive<br />

mixing, and adhesive open and working times.<br />

1. Provide completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints,<br />

telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.<br />

I. Hand roll tiles according to tile manufacturer's written instructions.<br />

3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION<br />

A. General: Install resilient accessories according to manufacturer's written installation<br />

instructions.<br />

B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and<br />

other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.<br />

1. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of<br />

adjacent pieces aligned.<br />

2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in<br />

continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.<br />

3. Do not stretch base during installation.<br />

4. Install premolded outside and inside corners before installing straight pieces.<br />

1/27/12 09651-4 01405-060


C. Place resilient accessories so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with<br />

adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed.<br />

3.5 RUBBER FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION<br />

1. Verify that sub-floors to receive flooring are level to within flooring manufacturer’s<br />

requirements, and without large cracks, depressions, or indentations.<br />

2. Installer’s Examination:<br />

a. Installer examine conditions under which construction are to be performed. Submit<br />

written notification if such conditions are unacceptable.<br />

b. Transmit two copies of installer’s report to Architect within 24 hours of receipt.<br />

c. Beginning construction activities of this section indicates installer’s acceptance of<br />

conditions.<br />

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTING<br />

A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products:<br />

1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient<br />

product manufacturers.<br />

2. Sweep or vacuum floor thoroughly.<br />

3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer.<br />

4. Damp-mop floor to remove marks and soil.<br />

B. Protect flooring against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction<br />

operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction<br />

period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by flooring<br />

manufacturer.<br />

1. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor surfaces. Place plywood or<br />

hardboard panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide<br />

or roll objects over panels without moving panels.<br />

C. Clean floor surfaces not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to<br />

establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according<br />

to manufacturer's written recommendations.<br />

D. Include two boxes extra of each type tile and base specified.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 09651-5 01405-060


SECTION 09900<br />

PAINTING<br />

PART 1 -<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.01 DESCRIPTION<br />

1.02 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Furnish painting as indicated on Drawings or specified in this Section.<br />

B. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere:<br />

1. Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster<br />

2. Section 01045 Cutting and Patching<br />

A. Provide submittals to form defined in Section 01340, Shop Drawings,<br />

Product Data, and Samples.<br />

1. Manufacturer's Data.<br />

2. Colors as selected and approved for exposed interior and exterior surfaces.<br />

3. Contractor shall provide owner with 2 color samples, minimum 6”x6” for each<br />

color specified for verification purposes.<br />

1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION<br />

A. Handling:<br />

1. Do not paint when air is dust-laden or when weather and temperature<br />

conditions are unsuitable.<br />

2. Do not paint exterior surfaces in damp or rainy weather.<br />

3. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendation with respect to application and<br />

drying period temperatures and application conditions.<br />

B. Fire Hazards:<br />

1. Place materials which might constitute a fire hazard into metal containers.<br />

2. Maintain proper ventilation of flammable paints, thinners and all products.<br />

3. Dispose of flammable products in a proper and legal manner.<br />

C. Surface Protection:<br />

1. Provide suitable coverings to protect surfaces not requiring painting.<br />

D. Accessories:<br />

1. Remove or protect items which are not to be painted and which were<br />

placed prior to painting.<br />

2. Reposition or remove protection upon completion of each space.<br />

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced<br />

1/27/12 09900-1 01405-060


y the same manufacturer as the finish coats.<br />

B. Coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primes are provided to<br />

ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request,<br />

furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of<br />

compatible primers. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the<br />

materials specified.<br />

C. Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components,<br />

duplicate finishes of prepares samples. Provide full-coat finish samples on at<br />

least 1.0 square feet of surface until required sheen, color and texture are<br />

obtained. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of in-place work.<br />

D. Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples.<br />

1.05 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE<br />

A. Concrete and Masonry:<br />

1. One coat block filler primer.<br />

2. Flat Acrylic: Two coats over primer or two coats epoxy resin.<br />

B. Gypsum Board:<br />

1. Primer: U.S. Gypsum “Sheetrock Primer – Surfacer” – No Substitution.<br />

2. Flat Acrylic: Two coats over primer (walls).<br />

3. Washable/water resistant: Two coats over primer (utility areas).<br />

C. Woodwork and Hardboard:<br />

1. Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over enamel/undercoat.<br />

D. Ferrous Metal:<br />

1. Semigloss, Alkyd Enamel: Two coats over alkyd enamel.<br />

E. Interior Wood Stain: Factory formulated alkyd-based penetrating wood stain<br />

for interior application at spreading rate recommended by manufacturer.<br />

1. Interior Alkyd or Polyurethane Based Clear Satin Varnish: 2 coats factory<br />

formulated alkyd or polyurethane based clear varnish.<br />

F. Interior Clear Concrete Floor Sealer (Water Based Urethane System by<br />

Sherwin Williams or approved equal):<br />

1. 1 st Coat: ArmorSeal Floor-Plex 7100 Primer B70W410 (1.5-2.0 mils dry)<br />

2. 2 nd Coat: ArmorSeal Armor-Plex WB Urethane B65-750 (2.0-3.0 mills dry<br />

per coat)<br />

3. 3 rd Coat: ArmorSeal Armor-Plex WB Urethane B65-750 (2.0-3.0 mills dry<br />

per coat)<br />

1/27/12 09900-2 01405-060


PART 2 -<br />

PRODUCTS<br />

2.01 MATERIALS<br />

A. For purposes of designating a type and quality of work in this Section,<br />

Drawings and Specifications are based on products of the following<br />

manufacturers:<br />

1. Sherwin Williams Co.<br />

2. Or Approved Equal<br />

PART 3 -<br />

EXECUTION<br />

3.01 CONDITION OF SURFACE<br />

A. Examine substrates, adjoining and existing construction, and conditions<br />

under which work is to be installed.<br />

B. Do not proceed with work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected.<br />

3.02 PREPARATION<br />

A. General:<br />

1. Prepare surfaces to receive paint; thoroughly clean off substances that<br />

may interfere with proper adhesion of paint or stain.<br />

2. Fill dents, cracks, hollow places, open joints, and other irregularities with<br />

filler suitable for purpose and, after setting, sand to smooth finish.<br />

3. Prime surfaces not more than 8 hours after cleaning.<br />

B. Metals:<br />

1. Clean bare metal surfaces of foreign matter such as mortar, plaster,<br />

grease, rust, scale, and dirt before priming coat is applied.<br />

2. Remove grease and oil with cleaner manufactured for purpose.<br />

C. Interior surfaces, dry clean, and free from grit, loose plaster and surface<br />

irregularities before paint is applied. Surfaces to be painted shall have a<br />

moisture content acceptable for painting.<br />

3.03 CAULKING AND SEALING<br />

A. Applying caulking and sealing specified in Section 7920 prior to painting of<br />

stucco, plaster, concrete and masonry. Prime ferrous metals receiving<br />

caulking and sealing primed and abrasions to primer touch-up prior to<br />

caulking and sealant application.<br />

3.04 APPLICATION AND WORKMANSHIP<br />

A. Perform work using experienced, skilled painters in accord with<br />

manufacturer’s published directions. Mix and thin paint only as prescribed by<br />

the paint manufacturer.<br />

B. All materials shall be evenly spread and smoothly flow on with the proper<br />

type and sizes of brushes, roller, covers, bucket grids and spray equipment<br />

1/27/12 09900-3 01405-060


to avoid running, sags, drops, ridges, waves, holidays, brush marks, and<br />

bubbles and excessive roller stipple.<br />

C. Coverage and hide shall be complete. When color stain, dirt, or undercoats<br />

show through final coat of paint, the surface shall be covered by additional<br />

coats until the paint film is of uniform finish, color, appearance and coverage,<br />

at no additional cost to the Owner.<br />

D. Apply paint using brush or rollers or spray. Application methods used shall<br />

provide complete coverage, uniform colors, specified thickness, desired<br />

sheen and approved texture. Cut-in edges by brush next to trim, abutting<br />

items and internal corners. Repaint any surfaces where differences occur in<br />

coverage, or where surfaces contain runs, sags, holidays, brush marks, air<br />

bubbles or stripples.<br />

E. For each coat of paint use slightly different shade than preceding coat to<br />

distinguish various coats.<br />

F. Apply succeeding coats only after paint is thoroughly dry in accord with<br />

manufacturer published directions.<br />

G. Before painting, remove or provide ample protection of hardware,<br />

accessories, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items. Replace items when<br />

painting is completed.<br />

H. At completion of work, touch up and restore field painted finish where<br />

damaged prior to occupancy.<br />

3.05 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL<br />

3.06 CLEANING<br />

A. Touch-up all factory finished equipment.<br />

A. At the completion of this work, remove from the site all excess materials and<br />

debris. Leave entire work in a neat and workmanlike conditions ready for the<br />

Owner’s inspection.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 09900-4 01405-060


SECTION 16010<br />

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.01 GENERAL<br />

A. Basic Requirements: The Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including<br />

General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply<br />

to work of this section.<br />

B. General Provisions: Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required<br />

to make ready for use complete electrical systems as specified herein and shown on<br />

the drawings.<br />

C. Provide and Install: The word "provide" where used on the Drawings or in the<br />

Specifications shall mean "furnish, install, mount, connect, test, complete, and make<br />

ready for operation". The word "install" where used on the Drawings or in the<br />

Specifications shall mean "mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for<br />

operation". Perform work required by, and in accordance with, the Contract<br />

Documents.<br />

D. Installation: Provide and place in satisfactory condition, ready for proper operation,<br />

raceways, wires, cables, and other material needed for all complete electrical<br />

systems required by the Contract Documents. Additional raceways and wiring shall<br />

be provided to complete the installation of the specific equipment provided. Include<br />

auxiliaries and accessories for complete and properly operating systems. Provide<br />

electrical systems and accessories to comply with the NEC, state and local codes<br />

and ordinances. It is the intent of these Specifications that the electrical systems be<br />

suitable in every way for the use intended. Material and work which is incidental to<br />

the work of this Contract shall be provided at no additional cost to the Contract.<br />

E. Field Connections: Provide field connections to remote equipment and control panels<br />

provided under other Divisions of these Specifications. Provide raceway, wire, and<br />

interconnections between equipment, transmitters, local indicators, and receivers.<br />

Provide 120V and low voltage surge protection equipment in accordance with<br />

Section 16709 at equipment as required. Install field connections to "packaged"<br />

equipment provided under other Divisions of these Specifications.<br />

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK<br />

A. General: Provide labor, materials, permits, inspections and re-inspection fees, tools,<br />

equipment, transportation, insurance, temporary protection, temporary power and<br />

lighting, supervision and incidental items essential for proper installation and<br />

operation of the Electrical systems indicated in the Contract Documents. Provide<br />

materials not specifically mentioned or indicated but which are usually provided or<br />

are essential for proper installation and operation of the Electrical systems indicated<br />

in the contract documents.<br />

B. Notices: Give notices, file Plans, pay fees, and obtain permits and approvals from<br />

authorities having jurisdiction. Include all fees in the Bid Price.<br />

1/27/12 16010-1 01405-060


1.03 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS<br />

A. General: The Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to show exact<br />

locations of Raceway runs, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc. The<br />

locations of equipment, appliances, fixtures, Raceways, outlets, boxes and similar<br />

devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be<br />

determined and coordinated in the field. The right is reserved to change, without<br />

additional cost, the location of any outlet within the same room or general area before<br />

it is permanently installed. Obtain all information relevant to the placing of electrical<br />

work and in case of interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Architect.<br />

B. Discrepancies: Notify the Architect of any discrepancies found during construction of<br />

the project. The Architect will provide written instructions as to how to proceed with<br />

that portion of work. If a conflict exists between the Contract Documents and an<br />

applicable code or standard, the most stringent requirement shall apply.<br />

C. Wiring: Each three-phase circuit shall be run in a separate Raceway unless<br />

otherwise shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise accepted by the Architect,<br />

Raceway shall not be installed exposed. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all<br />

necessary fittings, supports, and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway<br />

installation.<br />

D. Layout: Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other<br />

installation details. Connections to equipment shall be made as required, and in<br />

accordance with the accepted shop and manufacturer's setting drawings.<br />

E. Coordination: Coordinate final equipment locations with drawings or other disciplines.<br />

Layout before installation so that all trades may install equipment in available space.<br />

Provide coordination as required for installation in a neat and workmanlike manner.<br />

1.04 EQUIPMENT SIZE AND HANDLING<br />

A. Coordination: Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must<br />

pass to reach its final location. If necessary, ship the equipment in sections of<br />

specific sizes to permit the passing through the necessary areas within the structure.<br />

B. Handling: Equipment shall be kept upright at all times. When equipment has to be<br />

tilted for ease of passage through restricted areas during transportation, the<br />

manufacturer shall be required to brace the equipment suitably, to insure that the<br />

tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment.<br />

1.05 RECORD DRAWINGS<br />

A. Production: The Contractor shall provide four (4) sets of black or blue line on white<br />

drawings to maintain and submit record "As-Built Documents". Label each sheet of<br />

the Record Document set with “Project Record Documents” with company name of<br />

the installing contractor in stamped or printed letters. One set shall be maintained at<br />

the site and at all times be accurate, clear, and complete. These drawings shall be<br />

available at all times to the Architect's field representatives.<br />

1/27/12 16010-2 01405-060


B. Recording: Record information concurrent with construction progress. Make entries<br />

within 24 hours upon receipt of information. The "As-Built" drawings shall accurately<br />

reflect installed electrical work specified or shown on the Contract Documents.<br />

C. Completion: At the completion of the Work, transfer changes with a colored pencil<br />

onto the second set and submit to the Architect. The "As-Built" drawings shall be<br />

made available to the Architect to make the substantial completion punch list.<br />

D. Final: Upon Contractor’s completion of the Engineer’s final punch list, transfer all “As-<br />

Built” conditions and all requirements by the Engineer to a reproducible set of<br />

drawings and CAD files. Submit drawings and CAD disks for review and<br />

acceptance. The Contractor shall provide updated disks which include final As-Built<br />

conditions.<br />

1.06 ABBREVIATIONS<br />

A. Abbreviations: The following abbreviations or initials may be used:<br />

A/C<br />

AC<br />

ABV CLG<br />

ADA<br />

AF<br />

AFF<br />

AFG<br />

AHU<br />

AIC<br />

AL<br />

AMP<br />

ANSI<br />

ASA<br />

AT<br />

ATS<br />

AUX<br />

AWG<br />

BC<br />

BIL<br />

BMS<br />

BRKR or BKR<br />

CAB<br />

C<br />

CB<br />

CBM<br />

CCTV<br />

CKT<br />

CLEC<br />

CLG<br />

CO<br />

COAX<br />

COND<br />

CONN<br />

CPU<br />

CRT<br />

Air Conditioning<br />

Alternating Current<br />

Above Ceiling<br />

Americans with Disabilities Act<br />

Ampere Frame<br />

Above Finished Floor<br />

Above Finished Grade<br />

Air Handler Unit<br />

Amps Interrupting Capacity<br />

Aluminum<br />

Ampere<br />

American National Standards Institute<br />

American Standards Association<br />

Ampere Trip<br />

Automatic Transfer Switch<br />

Auxiliary<br />

American Wire Gauge<br />

Bare Copper<br />

Basic Impulse Level<br />

Building Management System<br />

Breaker<br />

Cabinet<br />

Conduit or Raceway<br />

Circuit Breaker<br />

Certified Ballast Manufacturers<br />

Closed Circuit Television<br />

Circuit<br />

Clock Equipment Cabinet<br />

Ceiling<br />

Conduit or Raceway Only<br />

Coaxial Cable<br />

Conductor<br />

Connection<br />

Central Processing Unit<br />

Cathode Ray Terminal (Video display terminal)<br />

1/27/12 16010-3 01405-060


CT<br />

CU<br />

CW<br />

DC<br />

DDC<br />

DEG<br />

DISC<br />

DO<br />

DN<br />

DPST<br />

EMT<br />

EO<br />

EOL<br />

EWC<br />

FAAP<br />

FACP<br />

FCU<br />

FLA<br />

FM<br />

GF<br />

GFCI<br />

GND<br />

HOA<br />

HORIZ<br />

HP<br />

IC<br />

ICU<br />

IEEE<br />

IES<br />

IMC<br />

IN<br />

IT<br />

IPCEA<br />

JB<br />

KCMIL<br />

KV<br />

KVA<br />

KW<br />

LBS<br />

LED<br />

LT<br />

LTD<br />

LTT<br />

LTG<br />

MAX<br />

MCB<br />

MCC<br />

MCP<br />

MIC<br />

MIN<br />

MLO<br />

MTD<br />

MTG<br />

Current Transformer<br />

Copper<br />

Cold Water<br />

Direct Current<br />

Direct Digital Control<br />

Degree<br />

Disconnect<br />

Draw Out<br />

Down<br />

Double Pole Single Throw<br />

Electrical Metallic Tubing<br />

Electrically Operated<br />

End of Line Resistor<br />

Electric Water Cooler<br />

Fire Alarm Annunciator Panel<br />

Fire Alarm Control Panel<br />

Fan Coil Unit<br />

Full Load Amperes<br />

Factory Mutual<br />

Ground Fault<br />

Ground Fault Circuits Interrupter<br />

Ground<br />

Hand-Off-Automatic<br />

Horizontal<br />

Horsepower<br />

Intercom<br />

Intensive Care Unit<br />

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers<br />

Illuminating Engineering Society<br />

Intermediate Metallic Raceway<br />

Inches<br />

Instantaneous Trip<br />

Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association<br />

Junction Box<br />

Thousand Circular Mills<br />

Kilovolt<br />

Kilo-Volt-Amps<br />

Kilowatts<br />

Pounds<br />

Light Emitting Diode<br />

Light<br />

Long Time Delay<br />

Long Time Trip<br />

Lighting<br />

Maximum<br />

Main Circuit Breaker<br />

Motor Control Center<br />

Motor Circuit Protector<br />

Microphone<br />

Minimum<br />

Main Lugs Only<br />

Mounted<br />

Mounting<br />

1/27/12 16010-4 01405-060


MUX<br />

Multiplex (Transponder) Panel<br />

MVA<br />

Mega Volt Amps<br />

N<br />

Neutral<br />

NC<br />

Normally Closed<br />

NEC<br />

National Electrical Code<br />

NECA<br />

National Electrical Contractors Association<br />

NEMA<br />

National Electrical Manufacturers Association<br />

NFPA<br />

National Fire Protection Association<br />

NIC<br />

Not in Contract<br />

NF<br />

Non Fused<br />

NL<br />

Non Linear<br />

NO<br />

Number or Normally Open<br />

# Number<br />

0/<br />

Phase<br />

OL<br />

Overload<br />

OSHA<br />

Occupational Safety and Health Administration<br />

P<br />

Pole<br />

PB<br />

Pullbox<br />

PIV<br />

Post Indicator Valve<br />

PNL<br />

Panel<br />

PR<br />

Pair<br />

PWR<br />

Power<br />

PF<br />

Power Factor<br />

PRI<br />

Primary<br />

PT<br />

Potential Transformer<br />

PVC<br />

Polyvinylchloride<br />

REF<br />

Refrigerator<br />

RGC or GRC Rigid Galvanized Raceway<br />

RMS<br />

Root-Mean-Square<br />

RPM<br />

Revolutions Per Minute<br />

RECPT<br />

Receptacle<br />

SCA<br />

Short Circuit Amps<br />

SD<br />

Smoke Detector<br />

SEC<br />

Secondary<br />

S/N<br />

Solid Neutral<br />

SPKR<br />

Speaker<br />

SPST<br />

Single Pole Single Throw<br />

SST<br />

Solid State Trip<br />

ST<br />

Short Time Trip<br />

STD<br />

Short Time Delay<br />

SW<br />

Switch<br />

SWGR<br />

Switchgear<br />

SWBD<br />

Switchboard<br />

TEL<br />

Telephone<br />

TTB<br />

Telephone Terminal Board<br />

TTC<br />

Telephone Terminal Cabinet<br />

TVEC<br />

Television Equipment Cabinet<br />

TYP<br />

Typical<br />

UL<br />

Underwriters Laboratories<br />

UON<br />

Unless Otherwise Noted<br />

V<br />

Volt<br />

VFD<br />

Variable Frequency Drive<br />

VSD<br />

Variable Speed Drive<br />

1/27/12 16010-5 01405-060


W<br />

WP<br />

XFMR<br />

Wire<br />

Weatherproof<br />

Transformer<br />

1.07 CODES, FEES, AND STANDARDS<br />

A. Application: The codes, standards and practices listed herein generally apply to the<br />

entire project and specification sections. Other codes, standards or practices that<br />

are more specific will be referenced within a particular specification.<br />

B. Requirements: All materials and types of construction covered in the specifications<br />

will be required to meet or exceed applicable standards of manufacturer, testing,<br />

performance, and installation according to the requirements of UL, ANSI, NEMA,<br />

IEEE, and NEC referenced documents where indicated and the manufacturer's<br />

recommended practices. Requirements indicated on the contract documents that<br />

exceed but are not contrary to governing codes shall be followed.<br />

C. Compliance and Certification: The installation shall comply with the governing state<br />

and local codes or ordinances. The completed electrical installation shall be<br />

inspected and certified by applicable agencies that it is in compliance with codes.<br />

D. Utility Company: Comply with latest utility company regulations.<br />

E. Building Code: Florida Building Code (2001 with 2002 revisions).<br />

F. Labels: Materials and equipment shall be new and free of defects, and shall be U.L.<br />

listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled or listed with an approved, nationally<br />

recognized Electrical Testing Agency. Where no labeling or listing service is<br />

available or desired for certain types of equipment, test data shall be submitted to<br />

validate that equipment meets or exceeds available standards.<br />

G. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards<br />

NFPA-13 (1999) Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems<br />

NFPA-20 (1999) Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire<br />

Protection<br />

NFPA-37 (1998) Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary<br />

Combustion Engines And Gas Turbines<br />

NFPA-54 (1999) National Fuel Gas Code<br />

NFPA-70 (1999) National Electrical Code<br />

NFPA-72 (1999) National Fire Alarm Code<br />

NFPA-75 (1999) Standard for the Protection of Electronic Computer/Data<br />

Processing Equipment<br />

NFPA-90A (1999) Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning And<br />

Ventilating Systems<br />

NFPA-96 (1998) Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Prevention of<br />

Commercial Cooking Operations. Subdivision 7-2.2 of NFPA 96 applies<br />

prospectively only. Existing installations are permitted to remain in place – subject to<br />

the approval of the authority having jurisdiction<br />

NFPA-99 (1999) Health Care Facilities.<br />

NFPA-101A (1998) Guide on Alternative Approaches to Life Safety<br />

NFPA-101B (1999) Standard of Means of Egress<br />

NFPA-110 (1999) Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems<br />

1/27/12 16010-6 01405-060


NFPA-418 (1995)<br />

NFPA-780 (1997)<br />

Standard for Heliports<br />

Installation of Lightning Protection Systems<br />

1.08 INVESTIGATION OF SITE<br />

A. General: Before commencing work, verify existing conditions at the premises<br />

including, but not limited to, existing structural frame, existing openings; existing wall<br />

and partition locations, existing mechanical and electrical work, equipment type, and<br />

examine adjoining work on which work is in anyway dependent.<br />

B. Responsibility: No waiver of responsibility for defective and inadequate work or<br />

additional cost as a result of existing conditions which should have been verified<br />

shall be considered unless notice of same has been filed by the Contractor and<br />

agreed to in writing by the Architect before the bid date.<br />

C. Site Renovation: Verify and coordinate existing site raceways and pipes at any<br />

excavation on site. Provide hand-digging and required rerouting in areas of existing<br />

Raceways and pipes within bid price.<br />

D. Renovation: Investigate site thoroughly and reroute raceway and wiring in area of<br />

new construction in order to maintain continuity of existing circuitry. Existing<br />

Raceways shown on plans show approximate locations only.<br />

E. Special Considerations: Special attention is called to the fact that there will be piping,<br />

fixtures or other items in the existing building which must be removed or relocated in<br />

order to perform the alteration work. Include removal and relocation required for<br />

completion of the alterations and the new construction. All existing wiring that is to<br />

remain in renovated areas shall be made code compliant.<br />

F. Power Outage: Special attention is called to the fact that work involved is in<br />

connection with existing buildings which shall remain in operation while work is being<br />

performed. Work must be done in accordance with the priority schedule. Schedule<br />

work for a minimum outage to Owner. Request written permission and receive<br />

written acceptance from the Owner no later than 72 hours in advance of power and<br />

communication shut-downs. Perform work required at other than standard working<br />

hours where outages cannot be accepted by Owner during regular working hours.<br />

Protect existing buildings and equipment during construction.<br />

1.09 SUPERVISION OF THE WORK<br />

A. Supervision: Provide one field superintendent who has had a minimum of four (4)<br />

years previous successful experience on projects of comparable sizes, type and<br />

complexity. The Superintendent shall be present at all times when work is being<br />

performed. At least one member of the Electrical Contracting Firm shall hold a State<br />

Master Certificate of Competency.<br />

1.10 COORDINATION<br />

A. General: Compare drawings and specifications with those of other trades and report<br />

any discrepancies between them to the Architect. Obtain from the Architect written<br />

instructions to make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. Work shall<br />

1/27/12 16010-7 01405-060


e installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before<br />

installation, Trades shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner<br />

approved by the Architect.<br />

B. Adjustments: Locations of raceway and equipment shall be adjusted to<br />

accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. Determine<br />

the exact routing and location of systems prior to fabrication or installation.<br />

C. Priorities: Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over those which do not pitch.<br />

For example, plumbing drains shall normally have the right of way. Lines whose<br />

elevations cannot be changed shall have the right of way over lines whose<br />

elevations can be changed.<br />

D. Modifications: Offsets and changes of direction in raceway systems shall be made to<br />

maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the<br />

drawings. Provide elbows, boxes, etc., as required to allow offsets and changes to<br />

suit job conditions.<br />

E. Replacement: Work shall be installed in a way to permit removal (without damage to<br />

other parts) of other system components provided under this Contract requiring<br />

periodic replacement or maintenance. Raceway shall be arranged in a manner to<br />

clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles.<br />

F. Layout: The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic only intending to show general<br />

runs and locations of raceway and equipment, and not necessarily showing required<br />

offsets, details and accessories and equipment to be connected. Work shall be<br />

accurately laid out with other Trades to avoid conflicts and to obtain a neat and<br />

workmanlike installation, which will afford maximum accessibility for operation,<br />

maintenance and headroom.<br />

G. Working Clearances: Minimum working clearances about electrical equipment shall<br />

be as referenced in the applicable edition NEC Article 110, and shall include<br />

equipment installed in ceiling spaces.<br />

1.11 DEMOLITION<br />

A. General: Relocate existing equipment and reroute existing raceways in areas being<br />

renovated as required to facilitate the installation of the new systems. The Owner<br />

shall require continuous operation of the existing systems, while demolition,<br />

relocation work or new tie-ins are performed.<br />

B. Coordination: Prior to any deactivation, relocation or demolition work, arrange a<br />

conference with the Architect and the Owner's representative in the field to inspect<br />

each of the items to be deactivated, removed or relocated. Care shall be taken to<br />

protect equipment designated as being relocated and reused or equipment<br />

remaining in operation and integrated with the new systems.<br />

C. Provisions: Deactivation, relocation, and temporary tie-ins shall be provided by the<br />

Contractor. Demolition, removal and the legal disposal of demolished materials shall<br />

be provided by the Contractor.<br />

D. Owner’s Salvage: The Owner reserves the right to inspect the material scheduled for<br />

removal and salvage any items he deems usable as spare parts.<br />

1/27/12 16010-8 01405-060


E. Phasing: The Contractor shall perform work in phases as directed by the Architect to<br />

suit the project progress schedule, as well as the completion date of the project.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.01 MATERIALS<br />

A. Specified Method: Where several brand names, make or manufacturers are listed as<br />

acceptable each shall be regarded as equally acceptable, based on the design<br />

selection but each must meet all specification requirements. Where a<br />

manufacturer's model number is listed, this model shall set the standard of quality<br />

and performance required. Where no brand name is specified, the source and<br />

quality shall be subject to Engineer's review and acceptance. Where manufacturers<br />

are listed, one of the listed manufacturers shall be submitted for acceptance. No<br />

substitutions are permitted.<br />

B. Certification: When a product is specified to be in accordance with a trade<br />

association or government standard requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall<br />

provide a certificate that the product complies with the referenced standard. Upon<br />

request of Engineer, Contractor shall submit supporting test data to substantiate<br />

compliance.<br />

C. Basis of Bid: Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon the manufacturer's,<br />

materials, and equipment described in the Contract Documents.<br />

D. Space Requirements: Equipment or optional equipment shall conform to established<br />

space requirements within the project. Equipment which does not meet space<br />

requirements, shall be replaced at no additional expense to the Contract.<br />

Modifications of related systems shall be made at no additional expense to the<br />

Contract. Submit modifications to the Architect/Engineer for acceptance.<br />

E. Samples: Samples are to be submitted for items requested within Specification<br />

Sections to determine that the item meets specifications and requirements before<br />

being accepted for use on Project. Samples shall be submitted within 30 days after<br />

the award of the contract. Each sample shall be tagged, labeled, or marked,<br />

"Sample of ..... for (Project). Accompany samples with copy, in duplicate of<br />

manufacturer's instructions regarding installation, and maintenance.<br />

1. Provide samples of the following items:<br />

2.02 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPORTS<br />

A. General: Each item of equipment or material shall be manufactured by a company<br />

regularly engaged in the manufacturer of the type and size of equipment, shall be<br />

suitable for the environment in which it is to be installed, shall be approved for its<br />

purpose, environment, and application, and shall bear the UL label.<br />

B. Installation Requirements: Each item of equipment or material shall be installed in<br />

accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer, however,<br />

the methods shall not be less stringent than specified herein.<br />

1/27/12 16010-9 01405-060


C. Required Accessories: Provide all devices and materials, such as expansion bolts,<br />

foundation bolts, screws, channels, angles, and other attaching means, required to<br />

fasten enclosures, raceways, and other electrical equipment and materials to be<br />

mounted on structures which are existing or new.<br />

D. Protection: Electrical equipment shall at all times during construction be adequately<br />

protected against mechanical injury or damage by the elements. Equipment shall be<br />

stored in dry permanent shelters. If apparatus has been damaged, such damage<br />

shall be repaired at no additional cost or time extension to the Contract. If apparatus<br />

has been subject to possible injury, it shall be thoroughly cleaned, dried out and put<br />

through tests as directed by the Manufacturer and Engineer, or shall be replaced, if<br />

directed by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Contract.<br />

2.03 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT<br />

A. General: Electrical items shall be identified as specified in the Contract Documents.<br />

Such identification shall be in addition to the manufacturer's nameplates and shall<br />

serve to identify the item's function and the equipment or system, which it serves or<br />

controls. Refer to Identification Section of the specifications for additional information.<br />

2.04 SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT<br />

A. General: Surface mounted fixtures, outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. shall have a<br />

factory-applied finish or shall be painted as accepted by Engineer. Raceways and<br />

fittings, where allowed to be installed surface mounted, shall be painted to match the<br />

finish on which it was installed. Paint shall be in accordance with other applicable<br />

sections of these specifications.<br />

2.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING<br />

A. Core Drilling: The Contractor shall be responsible for core drilling as required for<br />

work under this section, but in no case shall the Contractor cut into or weld onto any<br />

structural element of the project without the written approval of the Architect.<br />

B. Cutting and Patching: Cutting, rough patching and finish patching shall be provided<br />

as specified in the contract documents. Cutting and patching shall be performed in<br />

a neat and workmanlike manner. Upon completion, the patched area shall match<br />

adjacent surfaces.<br />

C. Openings and Sleeves: Locate openings required for work performed under this<br />

section. Provide sleeves, guards or other accepted methods to allow passage of<br />

items installed under this section.<br />

D. Roof Penetration: Provide roofer with pitch pans, fittings, etc., required for electrical<br />

items which penetrate the roof. Roof penetrations are to be waterproofed in such a<br />

manner that roofing guarantees are fully in force. Roof penetrations shall be<br />

coordinated with other Trades to ensure that roof warranty is not invalidated.<br />

2.06 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS<br />

A. Sleeves: Provide sleeves for Raceways penetrating floors, walls, partitions, etc.<br />

Locate necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured.<br />

Watertight sleeves shall be line seal type WS. Fire rated partition sleeves shall be<br />

1/27/12 16010-10 01405-060


mild steel. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC or galvanized rigid steel unless<br />

specifically noted otherwise. Size shall be one standard diameter larger than pipe<br />

being installed or of a larger diameter to below 1/4" minimum clearance.<br />

B. Forms: Provide boxed out forms for Raceway penetrations only where allowed by the<br />

Architect. Fill opening after Raceway installation, with equivalent material.<br />

2.07 EXISTING CONDITIONS<br />

A. Support: Existing Raceway and cables within the area of renovation shall be<br />

provided with proper supports as specified for new work in other sections of this<br />

specification.<br />

B. Installation: Existing electrical which is designated for reworking or requires<br />

relocation, repair or adjustment shall conform to applicable codes and shall be<br />

treated as new work complying to all sections of this specification.<br />

C. Violations: Where existing conditions are discovered which are not in compliance<br />

with the codes and standards, the Contractor shall submit proper documentation to<br />

the Architect for clarification and corrective work direction. Existing conditions shall<br />

not remain which will create a disapproval of the renovated area.<br />

D. Patching: Existing Raceway and cable penetrations shall be properly fire treated per<br />

code and specification requirements. The Contractor shall thoroughly inspect<br />

existing locations and include the cost of patching and repair in his proposed<br />

construction cost.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.01 WORKMANSHIP<br />

A. General: The installation of materials and equipment shall be performed in a neat,<br />

workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate number of craftsmen<br />

knowledgeable of the requirements of the Contract Documents. They shall be<br />

skilled in the methods and craftsmanship needed to produce a quality level of<br />

workmanship. Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified by<br />

training and experience to perform their assigned tasks.<br />

B. Acceptable Workmanship: Acceptable workmanship is characterized by first-quality<br />

appearance and function, conforming to applicable standards of building system<br />

construction, and exhibiting a high degree of quality and proficiency which is judged<br />

by the Architect as equivalent or better than that ordinarily produced by qualified<br />

industry tradesmen.<br />

C. Performance: Personnel shall not be used in the performance of the installation of<br />

material and equipment who, in the opinion of the Architect, are deemed to be<br />

careless or unqualified to perform the assigned tasks. Material and equipment<br />

installations not in compliance with the Contract Documents, or installed with<br />

substandard workmanship and not acceptable to the Architect, shall be removed and<br />

reinstalled by qualified craftsmen, at no change in the contract price.<br />

3.02 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP<br />

1/27/12 16010-11 01405-060


A. Protection and Restoration: Suitably protect equipment provided under this Division<br />

during construction. Restore damaged surfaces and items to "like new" condition<br />

before a request for substantial completion inspection.<br />

B. Handling: Materials shall be properly protected and Raceway openings shall be<br />

temporarily closed by the Contractor to prevent obstruction and damage. Post notice<br />

prohibiting the use of systems provided under this Contract, prior to completion of<br />

work and acceptance of systems by the Owner's representative. The Contractor<br />

shall take precautions to protect his materials from damage and theft.<br />

C. Safeguards: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain proper safety guards<br />

for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship, materials,<br />

equipment or systems provided under this contract.<br />

D. Cleanup: Keep the job site free from debris and rubbish. Remove debris and rubbish<br />

from the site and leave premises in clean condition on a daily basis.<br />

3.03 SYSTEMS GUARANTEE<br />

A. General: Provide a one-year guarantee. This guarantee shall be by the Contractor to<br />

the Owner for any defective workmanship or material, which has been provided<br />

under this Contract at no cost to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of<br />

substantial completion of the System. The guarantee shall include lamps, for ninety<br />

days after date of Substantial Completion of the System. Explain the provisions of<br />

guarantee to the Owner at the "Demonstration of Completed System".<br />

3.04 FINAL OBSERVATION<br />

A. General: Work shall be completed, and forms and other information shall be<br />

submitted for acceptance one week prior to the request for final observation of the<br />

installation.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 16010-12 01405-060


CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETED DEMONSTRATION MEMO<br />

Note to Contractor: Do not submit this form at the time Technical Information Brochure is submitted.<br />

Submit five copies of information listed below for checking at least one week before scheduled<br />

completion of the building. After information has been accepted and inserted in each brochure, give<br />

the Owner a Demonstration of the Completed Electrical Systems and have the Owner sign five<br />

copies of this form. Provide one signed copy for each brochure. After this has been done, a written<br />

request for a final inspection of the System shall be made.<br />

Re: ___________________________________________________________________________<br />

(Name of Project)<br />

___________________________________________________________________________<br />

(Division Number and Name)<br />

This memo is for the information of all concerned that the Owner has been given a Demonstration of<br />

the Completed Electrical Systems on the work covered under this Division. This conference<br />

consisted of the system operation, a tour on which all major items of equipment were pointed out,<br />

and the following items were given to the Owner;<br />

(a) Owner's copy of Technical Information Brochure containing approved submittal sheets on all<br />

items, including the following; (To be inserted in the Technical Information Brochure after the<br />

correct tab).<br />

(1) Maintenance Information published by manufacturer on equipment items.<br />

(2) Printed Warranties by manufacturers on equipment items.<br />

(3) Performance verification information as recorded by the Contractor.<br />

(4) Check-out Memo on equipment by manufacturer's representative.<br />

(5) Written operating instructions on any specialized items.<br />

(6) Explanation of the one-year guarantee on the system.<br />

(b) "As-Built" conditions as described in the record drawing specifications.<br />

(c) A demonstration of the System in Operation and of the maintenance procedures which shall be<br />

required.<br />

__________________________________________________________________________<br />

(Name of General Contractor)<br />

By: __________________________________________________________________________<br />

(Authorized Signature, Title & Date)<br />

__________________________________________________________________________<br />

(Name of SubContractor)<br />

By: __________________________________________________________________________<br />

(Authorized Signature, Title & Date)<br />

Brochure, Instruction, Prints, Demonstration & Instruction in Operation Received:<br />

____________________________________________________________<br />

(Name of Owner)<br />

By:<br />

____________________________________________________________<br />

(Authorized Signature, Title, Date)<br />

cc: Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, Sub Contractor and General Contractor<br />

(List names as stated in cc: above)<br />

1/27/12 16010-13 01405-060


SECTION 16110<br />

RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and<br />

Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this<br />

section.<br />

1.02 DESCRIPTION<br />

A. General: Provide all supports, hangers and inserts required to mount raceways,<br />

pullboxes and other equipment provided under this Division.<br />

B. Support: All items shall be supported from the structural portion of the building.<br />

Supports and hangers shall be of a type approved by Underwriters' Laboratories.<br />

Wire shall not be used as a support. Boxes and raceways shall not be supported or<br />

fastened to ceiling suspension wires or to ceiling channels. Do not install any<br />

devices supported by ceiling tiles.<br />

C. Installation: The Contractor shall lay out and provide his work in advance of the<br />

laying of floors or walls, and shall provide all sleeves that may be required for<br />

openings through floors, walls, etc. Where plans call for raceway to be run exposed,<br />

provide all inserts and clamps for the supporting of conduit.<br />

D. Systems: Provide raceway system of empty raceways including terminal cabinets,<br />

backboards and outlets as described and specified herein.<br />

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture of<br />

raceway systems and fittings of types and sizes required, and whose products have<br />

been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA.<br />

B. Aluminum Raceways: Aluminum raceways shall not be used unless specifically<br />

called for. Install with aluminum fittings only, when specified.<br />

C. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the latest edition of the following standards<br />

as they apply to the different raceway types specified herein;<br />

1. ANSI:<br />

2. UL:<br />

a. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC)<br />

b. ANSI C80.3: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)<br />

a. UL 1: Flexible Metal Conduit<br />

b. UL 6: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC)<br />

c. UL 360: Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit<br />

d. UL 514: Fittings for Metal Conduit<br />

1/27/12 16110-1 01405-060


1.04 SUBMITTALS<br />

3. NEMA:<br />

e. UL 651: Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC)<br />

f. UL 797: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)<br />

g. UL 886: Fittings for Hazardous Locations<br />

h. UL 1242: Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)<br />

a. NEMA TC2: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC)<br />

b. NEMA TC3: Fittings for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNMC)<br />

c. NEMA TC8: Utility Duct Type EB-35<br />

d. NEMA RN1: Plastic Coated Metal Conduit<br />

e. NEMA VE-1: Ladder Cable Tray<br />

f. NEMA 8A, 8B, 8C, & 12A: Spine Cable Tray<br />

4. Federal Specifications:<br />

5. ASTM:<br />

a. WW-C-581: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC)<br />

b. WW-C-563: Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT)<br />

c. WW-C-566: Flexible Steel Conduit<br />

d. WW-C-581E: Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC)<br />

e. WC-1094A: Nonmetallic Rigid Conduit (PVC)<br />

f. WC-582A Conduit, Raceway, Metal and Fittings; surface<br />

a. ASTM-F-512: Utility duct type EB-35<br />

b. ASTM-A525 & ASTM-386: Tray manufacturers<br />

A. Products: Submit manufacturer's product data, including technical information on<br />

each type of raceway system;<br />

1. Section Modules<br />

2. Cross Sectional Area<br />

3. Dimensional Sketches<br />

4. Rung attachment details screwed or welded<br />

5. Cable trays<br />

6. Fittings<br />

7. Accessories<br />

8. Load and deflection data<br />

B. Compliance: Product data shall show compliance with this section of the<br />

specifications, including U.L. label, manufacturer and manufacturer's written<br />

installation instructions.<br />

1.05 RACEWAYS<br />

A. General: Provide a complete and continuous system of raceways to maintain a<br />

protected path for wires and cables to distribute electric power, throughout the<br />

project, utilizing U.L. listed and labeled materials.<br />

1/27/12 16110-2 01405-060


B. Accessories: Provide raceway accessories of types, sizes, and materials, as<br />

specified herein complying with manufacturers published product information, which<br />

match and mate conduit and tubing.<br />

C. Interior Minimum Size: Minimum conduit size for light and power systems shall be<br />

3/4 inch raceway for all power and lighting circuitry homeruns from panelboard to<br />

outlet box at first power consuming devices. The remainder of circuitry may be in 1/2<br />

inch raceway, if it contains no more than 4 conductors per raceway (excluding the<br />

equipment grounding conductor), and phase conductors no larger than #12 AWG.<br />

Switchlegs may be 1/2inch conduit unless otherwise noted on drawings.<br />

D. Site Underground Raceway: Unless otherwise noted, minimum underground<br />

raceways shall be 1 inch conduit. Homeruns from the branch circuit overcurrent<br />

device, through any control devices to the first exterior junction box or consumption<br />

device shall be 1 inch minimum.<br />

E. System Raceway: Provide end bushings on all conduits.<br />

F. Pull Strings: Provide pull strings in all empty raceways. Pull strings shall be nylon<br />

and shall be impervious to moisture. Pull strings installed in one inch and smaller<br />

conduits shall have a tensile strength of not less than 30 lbs. Pull strings installed in<br />

conduits larger than 1 inch shall a tensile strength not less than 200 lbs.<br />

G. Conduit Bends: The use of NEC Table 344.24 Exception is not allowed.<br />

1.06 LOCATIONS<br />

A. Materials Above Grade: The following conduit types are to be installed above grade<br />

where specifically noted herein;<br />

1. Electrical metallic tubing (thin wall)<br />

2. Intermediate metallic conduit<br />

3. Flexible metal conduit<br />

4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit<br />

5. Heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC<br />

6. Galvanized rigid steel conduit<br />

7. Extra heavy wall Schedule 80 PVC<br />

B. Materials Below Grade: The following conduit types are to be installed below grade<br />

where specifically noted herein;<br />

1. Rigid galvanized conduit (heavy wall)<br />

2. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC)<br />

3. Schedule 40 PVC - not allowed in patient care areas<br />

4. Utility Grade Type EB plastic<br />

5. Schedule 80 PVC - not allowed in patient care areas<br />

C. Materials on Roofs: The following conduit types are to be installed on roofs where<br />

specifically noted herein;<br />

1. Rigid steel conduit (PVC) coated<br />

2. Rigid steel conduit<br />

3. Intermediate grade conduit<br />

1.07 CABLE TRAY<br />

1/27/12 16110-3 01405-060


A. Description: Provide a system of manufactured, factory assembled, cable raceway<br />

to provide a convenient method of routing, organizing, and separating cables of<br />

different systems, and running in close proximity of one another where specified<br />

herein. Unless otherwise noted, the system shall be a continuous system bonded<br />

together to make a continuous grounding path. Where system is discontinuous,<br />

provide a #10 bonding conductor between the pieces of the system, and bond as<br />

previously indicated. Cable tray shall include all supporting devices and equipment,<br />

as listed on drawings and as specified herein with all necessary fittings, and<br />

hardware (ie. splice plates, bolts, nuts, washers, clips, covers, etc.) required for a<br />

complete tray installation system.<br />

1.08 UNDERFLOOR DUCT<br />

A. Description: Provide the metallic single level under-floor duct system as shown on<br />

the drawings, and as specified herein. The systems consists of the duct lengths,<br />

junction boxes, support couplers, supports, elbows, plugs and all necessary parts to<br />

install a complete underfloor duct system. The underfloor duct components shall be<br />

Underwriters' Laboratories listed and shall be installed in accordance with the<br />

provisions of the National Electrical Code. The feeder ducts shall be blank duct and<br />

the distribution ducts shall be standard and/or super insert ducts as indicated on the<br />

drawings. Separate copper equipment grounding conductors shall be run in all ducts<br />

with circuit conductors.<br />

1.09 FLUSH TRENCH DUCT<br />

A. Description: Provide a complete standard Trenchduct System having a maximum<br />

coverplate deflection of 0.40 inches with a 200 lb. concentrated load. System shall<br />

consist of duct lengths, support couplers, supports, elbows, T's, and all necessary<br />

parts to install a complete system. The entire duct system shall be Underwriters'<br />

Laboratories listed and shall be installed in accordance with the provision of the<br />

National Electric Code.<br />

B. Inspection: Final inspection must show all duct and other components in place. The<br />

system shall be free of obstructions and of moisture after the concrete has been<br />

poured. Provide to Owner one cover plate lifter.<br />

1.10 SURFACE RACEWAY<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

A. General: Provide surface mounted raceway where specifically indicated on the<br />

drawings. Raceway shall be metallic and one-piece type. Where wiring channels<br />

are specifically specified, they shall be two-piece type.<br />

2.01 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING<br />

A. Fittings: Provide steel set screw fittings. Steel fittings shall be fitted with<br />

nonremovable insulated throats, and male threaded ends provided with a locknut.<br />

B. Fittings: Provide steel compression type fittings. Steel fittings shall be fitted with<br />

nonremovable insulated throats, and male threaded ends provided with a locknut.<br />

C. Locknuts: Provide locknuts for securing conduit to enclosures with sharp edges for<br />

digging into metal, and ridged outside circumference for proper fastening.<br />

2.02 BUSHINGS<br />

1/27/12 16110-4 01405-060


A. Bushings: Bushings shall be provided on all terminations, all system conduits,<br />

mounted on the ends of all EMT connectors 1-1/4 inches and larger and within all<br />

equipment.<br />

B. Construction: Bushings shall have a flared bottom and ribbed sides, with smooth<br />

insides to prevent damage to cable insulation.<br />

C. Insulating Ring: Mold a phenolic insulating ring into sizes 1-1/4 inches and larger.<br />

D. Grounding: Provide a screw type grounding terminal on all sizes.<br />

E. Grounding Bushings: Grounding bushings shall be provided on all electrical system<br />

feeder conduits.<br />

2.03 RIGID METAL CONDUIT<br />

A. Conduit: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads. One end of the<br />

conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be covered with a color-coded<br />

plastic thread protector. Conduit shall be manufactured in 10 foot lengths.<br />

B. Fittings: Fittings shall be cut groove steel. Cast fittings are not acceptable.<br />

2.04 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT<br />

A. Conduit and Standards: A continuous length, spirally wound steel strip, zinc-coated,<br />

each convolution interlocked with following convolution into a helix form. Product<br />

shall meet Federal Specification WW-C-566 and UL 1242.<br />

B. Fittings: Provide conduit fittings for use with flexible steel conduit of the threadless<br />

hinged clamp type, and a male threaded end provided with a locknut.<br />

1. Straight terminal connectors shall be one piece body, female end with clamp<br />

and deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit.<br />

2. 45 and 90 degree terminal angle connectors shall be 2 piece body, with<br />

removable upper section, female end with clamp and deep slotted machine<br />

screw for securing conduit.<br />

2.05 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT<br />

A. Conduit: Plastic jacketed (PVC) liquid-tight flexible steel conduit with copper bonding<br />

conductor, and steel material galvanized inside and outside.<br />

B. Fittings: Provide cadmium plated, malleable iron fittings with compression type steel<br />

ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings with insulated throat.<br />

2.06 HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 40)<br />

A. Conduit: Schedule 40, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be composed of<br />

High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound), and shall conform to<br />

industry standards, and be UL listed in accordance with Article 347 of National<br />

Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile<br />

strength of 55 PSI, at 70 degrees F., flexural strength of 11,000 psi, compression<br />

strength of 8600 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years extruding PVC experience.<br />

1/27/12 16110-5 01405-060


2.07 EXTRA HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 80)<br />

A. Conduit: Schedule 80, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be composed of<br />

High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound), and shall conform to<br />

industry standards, and be UL listed in accordance with Article 347 of National<br />

Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile<br />

strength of 5500 PSI, at 73.4 degree F., flexural strength of 12,500 psi, compression<br />

strength of 9000 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years extruding PVC experience.<br />

2.08 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT<br />

A. Type: Intermediate metal conduit (IMC) shall be high frequency electro-welded into<br />

tube form to produce a high ductile conduit that can be easily bent with standard<br />

tools approved for IMC.<br />

B. General: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads. One end of the<br />

conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be covered with a color-coded<br />

plastic thread protector. Conduit shall be manufactured in 10 foot lengths.<br />

C. Finish: The electro-galvanized zinc finish shall be corrosion resistant and shall not<br />

crack or flake. A chromate conversion coating shall be applied over the entire tube<br />

as an additional corrosive preventative. The interior shall be protected and<br />

lubricated with a special silicone hard finish enamel.<br />

2.09 HEAVY WALL PVC TYPE EB-35 UTILITY DUCT<br />

A. General: Duct shall be composed of high modulus C-250 compound and conform to<br />

all applicable industry standards, U.L. listed for underground concrete encasement<br />

only. Conform to NEMA TC-8 and ASTM Standard F-512 for utility duct. Duct shall<br />

have a low coefficient of expansion (3.30 X 10-5 IN/IN/degree F.), be U.L. listed and<br />

have a tensile strength of 4800 PSI. Manufacturer shall have five years experience<br />

extruding PVC of this specific type.<br />

2.10 MALLEABLE IRON EXPANSION FITTINGS<br />

A. Type: Conduit expansion fittings shall be malleable iron (hot dipped galvanized<br />

inside and outside).<br />

B. Fittings: These fittings shall have a 4 inch expansion chamber to allow<br />

approximately 2 inch movement parallel to conduit run in either direction from<br />

normal.<br />

C. Internal Bonding: Fittings shall have factory-installed packing and internal tinned<br />

copper braid packing to serve as a bonding jumper.<br />

D. External Bonding: Unless the fitting used is listed by Underwriters Laboratories for<br />

use "without external bonding jumpers", an external copper bonding jumper shall be<br />

installed with each metal expansion fitting. One end of the fitting shall be clamped<br />

on each conduit entering fitting.<br />

2.11 SUPPORTING DEVICES<br />

A. Hangers: Hangers shall be made of durable materials suitable for the application<br />

involved. Where excessive corrosive conditions are encountered, hanger<br />

assemblies shall be protected after fabrication by galvanizing, or approved suitable<br />

preservative methods.<br />

1/27/12 16110-6 01405-060


B. Materials: Insert anchors shall be installed on concrete or brick construction, with<br />

hex head machine screws. Recessed head screws shall be used in wood<br />

construction. An electric or hand drill shall be used for drilling holes for all inserts in<br />

concrete or similar construction. Installed inserts, brick, shall be near center of brick,<br />

not near edge or in joint. Drilled and tapped, and round head machine screws shall<br />

be used where steel members occur. All screws, bolts, washers, etc., used for<br />

supporting raceways or outlets shall be fabricated from rust-resisting metal, or<br />

accepted substitution. Gunpowder set anchors are not permitted.<br />

C. Exterior: Supporting devices for exterior use shall be 316 stainless steel unless<br />

otherwise noted on drawings.<br />

D. PVC Coated Conduit: Supporting devices for PVC coated conduit shall be as<br />

manufactured by the PVC coated conduit manufacturer and shall match in color and<br />

appearance.<br />

2.12 WIREWAYS<br />

A. General: Wireway shall be sized as shown on drawings, NEMA 1, lay-in type.<br />

Wireway sides and bottom shall contain no knock-outs. The Contractor shall punch<br />

holes required. The cover shall be hinge type with quarter turn fasteners to hold<br />

cover shut. Covers and bodies shall be 16 gauge steel. Wireway shall be as<br />

manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company, Square "D" or Steel City.<br />

2.13 CABLE TRAY<br />

A. Description: Design shall be such that all like parts are interchangeable and may be<br />

readily assembled and joined without use of special tools. The trays shall be free of<br />

sharp edges or burrs that might damage cable while being pulled into the trays.<br />

B. Ladder Type Cable Tray: The cable tray and tray fittings shall be ASTM 6063-T6<br />

aluminum alloy extrusion.<br />

C. Ladder Type Cable Tray: The cable tray and tray fittings shall be mill galvanized.<br />

D. Ladder Type Cable Tray: The cable tray and tray fittings shall be stainless steel.<br />

E. Ladder Type Cable Tray: The cable tray and tray fittings shall be hot steel, dipped<br />

galvanized after fabrication.<br />

F. Tray Type: Tray shall be ladder type.<br />

G. Tray Type: Tray shall be trough type.<br />

H. Tray Type: Tray shall be solid bottom type.<br />

I. Tray Type: Tray shall be channel type in 4-5/8 inch width.<br />

J. Tray Type: Tray shall be channel type in 6 inch width.<br />

K. Rails and Rungs: Cable tray side rails shall be of aluminum channel type, and rungs<br />

shall be of welded or screwed construction ("swedged" or "riveted" construction is<br />

not acceptable).<br />

1/27/12 16110-7 01405-060


L. Rails and Rungs: Cable tray side rails shall be of galvanized channel type, and<br />

rungs shall be of welded or screwed construction ("swedged" or "riveted"<br />

construction is not acceptable).<br />

M. Clips: Cable tray hold-down clips shall be of the expansion guide type, shall be<br />

aluminum, and shall be provided with tray.<br />

N. Clips: Cable tray hold-down clips shall be of the expansion guide type, shall be hot<br />

dip galvanized steel, and shall be provided with tray.<br />

O. Hardware: Bolts, nuts and washer shall be galvanized steel compatible with<br />

aluminum so as not to cause a galvanic reaction.<br />

P. Radius Bend: All tray fittings used to provide vertical and horizontal bends shall have<br />

a minimum radius of 12 inches, unless noted otherwise on the drawings.<br />

Q. Radius Bend: All tray fittings used to provide vertical and horizontal bends shall have<br />

a minimum radius of 24 inches, unless noted otherwise on the drawings.<br />

R. Radius Bend: All tray fittings used to provide vertical and horizontal bends shall have<br />

a minimum radius of 36 inches, unless noted otherwise on the drawings.<br />

S. Manufacturers: Ladder type manufacturers shall be Atlas, Square-D, Cope Inc.,<br />

Mono-Systems, or B-Line.<br />

T. Spine Type: Cable tray shall be constructed of a rectangular aluminum tube which<br />

forms a spine to which cross rungs are attached on 6 inch centers.<br />

U. Spine Type: Cable tray shall be constructed of a rectangular aluminum tube which<br />

forms a spine to which cross rungs are attached on 9 inch centers.<br />

V. Spine Type: Cable tray shall be constructed of a rectangular aluminum tube which<br />

forms a spine to which cross rungs are attached on 12 inch centers.<br />

W. Spine Type: Cable tray shall be constructed of a rectangular aluminum tube which<br />

forms a spine to which cross rungs are attached on 18 inch centers.<br />

X. Spine Rungs: The cross rungs shall be bent up at their ends to a height of 3 inches<br />

to form an open sided ladder like assembly. The tray must not have side rails.<br />

Rungs shall emanate at right angles from the top or the bottom of the spine.<br />

Y. Spine Rungs: The cross rungs shall be bent up at their ends to a height of 5 inches<br />

to form an open sided ladder like assembly. The tray must not have side rails.<br />

Rungs shall emanate at right angles from the top or the bottom of the spine.<br />

Z. Spine Rungs: The cross rungs shall be bent up at their ends to a height of 6 inches<br />

to form an open sided ladder like assembly. The tray must not have side rails.<br />

Rungs shall emanate at right angles from the top or the bottom of the spine.<br />

AA.<br />

BB.<br />

CC.<br />

Support: The tray system shall be center supported.<br />

Support: The tray system shall be wall mounted.<br />

Support: The tray system shall be double tier wall mounted.<br />

2.14 CABLE TRAY SPLICE CONNECTIONS<br />

1/27/12 16110-8 01405-060


A. Description: Each straight section, and each tray fitting, shall be provided with two<br />

"heavy duty" splice plates and appurtenant hardware. The "heavy duty" splice plates,<br />

when bolted together to form a tray joint, shall be designed to have the same<br />

strength (or better) than the tray, when such joint is placed in mid-span, between two<br />

tray supports.<br />

B. Adjustable: Adjustable splice plates shall be installed where needed to<br />

accommodate non-standard vertical and horizontal bends.<br />

C. Resistance: Splice plates resistance between sections shall not exceed 0.00033<br />

ohms.<br />

2.15 LADDER CABLE TRAY BARRIERS STRIPS<br />

A. General: Barrier strips (dividers) shall be provided to separate the various voltage<br />

classes and use of cables (ie: communications/computers, from power cables, etc.).<br />

Provide barriers as required, whether shown on the drawing or not.<br />

B. Material: Barriers shall also be aluminum, and shall be manufactured to<br />

accommodate straight, sections as well as vertical and horizontal bends, and with<br />

appropriate notches and slots for fastening same to the rungs.<br />

C. Material: Barriers shall also be galvanized steel, and shall be manufactured to<br />

accommodate straight, sections as well as vertical and horizontal bends, and with<br />

appropriate notches and slots for fastening same to the rungs.<br />

2.16 CABLE TRAY DIMENSIONS<br />

A. Width: Ladder type tray shall be 6 inches wide.<br />

B. Width: Ladder type tray shall be 12 inches wide.<br />

C. Width: Ladder type tray shall be 18 inches wide.<br />

D. Width: Ladder type tray shall be 30 inches wide.<br />

E. Width: Ladder type tray shall be 36 inches wide.<br />

F. Width: Spine type tray shall be 6 inches wide.<br />

G. Width: Spine type tray shall be 9 inches wide.<br />

H. Width: Spine type tray shall be 12 inches wide.<br />

I. Width: Spine type tray shall be 18 inches wide.<br />

J. Width: Spine type tray shall be 24 inches wide.<br />

K. Width: Spine type tray shall be 30 inches wide (Wall rack only).<br />

L. Ladder type: Tray shall have a 3 inch loading depth.<br />

M. Ladder type: Tray shall have a 4 inch loading depth.<br />

N. Ladder type: Tray shall have a 5-3/8 inch loading depth.<br />

1/27/12 16110-9 01405-060


O. Rung Spacing: Ladder type of tray rung spacing shall be 6 inches.<br />

P. Rung Spacing: Ladder type of tray rung spacing shall be 9 inches.<br />

Q. Rung Spacing: Ladder type of tray rung spacing shall be 12 inches.<br />

R. Rung Spacing: Ladder type of tray rung spacing shall be 18 inches.<br />

S. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 50 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 8 feet, NEMA Class 8A.<br />

T. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 50 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 12 feet, NEMA Class 12A.<br />

U. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 50 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 16 feet, NEMA Class 16A.<br />

V. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 50 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 20 feet, NEMA Class 20A.<br />

W. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 75 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 8 feet, NEMA Class 8B.<br />

X. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 75 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 12 feet, NEMA Class 12B.<br />

Y. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 75 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 16 feet, NEMA Class 16B.<br />

Z. Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 75 lb./linear foot without exceeding<br />

1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 20 feet, NEMA Class 20B.<br />

AA.<br />

BB.<br />

CC.<br />

DD.<br />

Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 100 lb./linear foot without<br />

exceeding 1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 8 feet, NEMA Class<br />

8C.<br />

Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 100 lb./linear foot without<br />

exceeding 1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 12 feet, NEMA Class<br />

12C.<br />

Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 100 lb./linear foot without<br />

exceeding 1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 16 feet, NEMA Class<br />

16C.<br />

Strength: Cable tray shall be capable of carrying 100 lb./linear foot without<br />

exceeding 1.5 inch mid-span deflection when supported every 20 feet, NEMA Class<br />

20C.<br />

2.17 UNDERFLOOR DUCT SYSTEM<br />

A. General: The duct shall be manufactured of steel formed into a rectangular shape.<br />

The distribution duct inserts shall be ellipsoid or similar shape to permit easy fishing<br />

and pulling of wire and cable. The distribution duct lengths shall have factory preset<br />

inserts space on 24 inches centers, and shall be 7/8 inch. Modular duct lengths of 5,<br />

6, 10 and 12 feet shall be used to minimize on-the-job cuttings, and to assure<br />

smooth duct ends. The standard duct size shall have a minimum cross sectional<br />

1/27/12 16110-10 01405-060


area of 3.75 inches. The duct shall be protected, inside and out, with a finish as<br />

accepted by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.<br />

B. Junction Boxes: Junction boxes shall be fabricate steel single, two, (single, three<br />

etc.) service types as indicated on drawings. The cross section anywhere in a<br />

wireway or compartment of the junction boxes shall meet the requirements of the<br />

Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. The boxes shall be equipped with factory-installed<br />

leveling screws at each corner for adjustment of the junction box top to the concrete<br />

screen level and for rigid anchoring. For duct mounted on grade install an 8 X 8 X<br />

16 concrete block flush with fill for mounting J-box, coupling and support leveling<br />

screws. The cover plate shall be 1/4 inch thick, and shall include a 1/8 inch inner-tile<br />

trim. A 1/8 inch outer-tile trim shall be provided as an integral part of the junction<br />

box. Flush type floor-covering trim shall be supplied where other than 1/8 inch tile is<br />

used. Submit sample of rug trim rings for approval before ordering. Finish shall be<br />

as selected by the Architect.<br />

C. Support Couplers and Supports: The duct shall be joined and held with electrical<br />

continuity provided by strong support couplers at all duct joints. Intermediate<br />

supports shall be installed where required to limit maximum support spacing.<br />

Support couplers and supports shall be supplied with factory installed leveling lugs.<br />

The leveling lugs shall be firmly fixed to the form or concrete block and shall be used<br />

to locate duct inserts at the required level. Electrical Foreman must be on job to<br />

supervise the concrete pour and maintain duct level.<br />

D. Accessories: Vertical and horizontal elbows shall be provided as indicated on the<br />

drawings, and shall have capacity at least equal to the connected duct. Other<br />

components shall be provided for specific requirements as indicated on the drawings<br />

or specified herein. All joints between components of the underfloor duct system<br />

shall be sealed against concrete entry. Where used, sealing compound shall be<br />

waterproof and unaffected by concrete. Marker screws shall be installed in<br />

accordance with the National Electrical Code. Unused openings are to be closed by<br />

suitable plugs.<br />

E. Service Fittings: Service fittings shall be provided for high and low tension<br />

application. Service fittings shall be compatible with the duct inserts. Finish of<br />

service fittings shall be as shown and coated with clear epoxy for protection against<br />

abrasion and corrosion. Service fittings shall be installed at location where shown on<br />

the drawings after the floor covering has been installed. No fittings shall be installed<br />

until acceptance of outlet locations from the Architect has been obtained.<br />

2.18 UNDERGROUND DUCT LINES<br />

A. Description: Underground duct lines where shown shall be of individual conduits<br />

encased in concrete. The conduit shall be of plastic, unless indicated or specified<br />

otherwise. The conduit used shall not be smaller than 4 inches in diameter, inside,<br />

unless otherwise noted. The concrete encasement surrounding the duct bank shall<br />

be reinforced as shown and rectangular in cross-section, having a minimum<br />

concrete thickness of three inches. Conduit shall be separated by a minimum<br />

concrete thickness of 2 inches.<br />

B. General: The concrete work shall conform to Section on "Concrete". The top of the<br />

concrete envelope shall be not less than 18 inches below grade. Concrete shall be<br />

installed in a continuous pour to eliminate joints in the duct run. Duct lines shall have<br />

a continuous slope downward toward manholes and away from buildings with a pitch<br />

of not less than 3 inches in 100 feet. Changes in direction of runs exceeding a total<br />

of 10 degrees either vertical or horizontal, shall be accomplished by long sweep<br />

bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 25 feet, except that manufactured<br />

1/27/12 16110-11 01405-060


ends may be made up on one or more curved or straightened sections or<br />

combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum radius of 36<br />

inches.<br />

C. Conduits: Conduits shall terminate in end-bells where duct lines enter manholes.<br />

Provide 4 to 6 inch reducers as required. Separators shall be of pre-cast concrete,<br />

high impact polystyrene, steel or any combination of these. The joints of the<br />

conduits shall be staggered by rows so as to provide a duct line having the maximum<br />

strength. During construction partially complete duct lines shall be protected from<br />

the entrance of debris, such as mud, sand and dirt by means of suitable conduit<br />

plugs. As the duct line is completed, a testing mandrel not less than 13 inches long<br />

with a diameter 1/4 inch less than the size of the stiff bristles shall be drawn through<br />

until the conduit is clear of all particles of earth, sand or gravel; conduit plug shall<br />

then be immediately installed.<br />

D. Conduit: Plastic conduit, fittings and joints shall not have been stored in the sun or<br />

weather, in any excessively heated space, or unevenly supported during storage.<br />

Use and installation shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code<br />

requirements for the installation of non-metallic rigid conduit. Plastic conduit shall be<br />

protected against the direct rays of the sun prior to installation. Conduit shall be<br />

Carlon Type EB, Queen City Plastics, or accepted substitution. Conduit shall be U.L.<br />

listed and conform to NEMA Standard TC6-1972.<br />

E. Trench: Trenches for duct banks shall be completely dry before setting conduits or<br />

pouring concrete. Well pointing as required shall be provided if necessary to keep<br />

trench dry.<br />

F. Racks: Wires and cables in manhole shall be placed on cable racks. Manhole shall<br />

be cleaned of all loose materials, dirt and debris immediately after completion of new<br />

work and shall be in a clean condition when project is completed. All racks shall be<br />

complete with insulators. Racks shall be McGraw Edison NOB-LOC type, Chance or<br />

accepted substitution.<br />

G. Excavation: Backfilling shall be in layers not more than 8 inches deep, and shall be<br />

thoroughly tamped. The first layer shall be earth or sand, free from particles that<br />

would be retained on a 1/4 inch sieve. The succeeding layers shall be excavated<br />

material having stones no larger than would pass through a 4-inch ring. The backfill<br />

shall be level with adjacent surface, except that in sodded or paved areas, a space<br />

equal to the thickness of the sod or paving shall be left.<br />

H. Finish: The surface disturbed during the installation of duct shall be restored to its<br />

original elevation and condition if not refinished in connection with site work.<br />

I. Plugging: All unused conduit openings shall be plugged or capped with a suitable<br />

device designed for the purpose; caulking compound shall not be used for plugging<br />

conduit openings.<br />

J. Counterpoise: Two #4 AWG bare stranded copper counterpoise shall be run above<br />

all duct banks and shall be run into all manholes and handholes and grounded.<br />

Counterpoise shall run to building and be grounded at each building service ground.<br />

2.19 FLUSH TRENCH DUCT<br />

A. General: Trenchduct body shall have a one piece bottom and side construction of<br />

14 gauge steel which shall be rigidly supported by the adjoining concrete.<br />

Trenchduct shall be constructed without cross bars or straps to permit free lay-in of<br />

cables. Minimum width of trench base shall be 2-3/16 inches less than width of<br />

1/27/12 16110-12 01405-060


coverplate. Coupling lugs shall be provided on each section of trenchduct to permit<br />

proper alignment of the tile trim prior to tack welding into final position. Welding clips<br />

shall be provided on minimum 3 foot centers for installation on steel deck. Welds<br />

shall occur on 3 foot centers. Exterior leveling screws shall be provided in lieu of<br />

welding clips for underfloor duct installation. Leveling screws encased in rivnuts to<br />

permit 3/8 inch upward adjustment without removing coverplates. Adjustment can<br />

be made before or after concrete has hardened. Trenchduct shall be protected by a<br />

U.L. listed corrosion resistant coating and provided in lengths adaptable to specified<br />

plan. Corkene gasket shall be used between tile trim and coverplate.<br />

B. Trim: Trenchduct trim shall be factory installed so that the exposed surface is flush<br />

with the coverplates. Trim shall be covered with factory-applied tape for protection.<br />

Prior to installation of the finished floor tile, or carpet, the trim shall be adjusted and<br />

permanently secured to the trench body with clips so that it shall accommodate a<br />

floor finish as required.<br />

C. Coverplates: Coverplates shall be 1/4 inch thick level steel, and provided complete<br />

with hold down screws. Coverplates shall have overlapping joints and shall be fully<br />

gasketed with 1/16 inch thick neoprene-cork composition material. Countersunk<br />

holes at end of each coverplate (opposite the lap strip) are to be tapped to permit<br />

insertion of 3/4 inch eye bolt for removal of coverplates. Duct shall have 2<br />

compartments, each compartment shall have 1 inch openings on 12 inch centers.<br />

All openings are to be field cut in coverplate with a metal hole saw and bushed with<br />

grommet.<br />

D. Compartments: Fully adjustable compartment dividers shall be of 14 gauge steel<br />

with minimum 1/2 insch wide shelf at top covered with 1/16 inch thick corkene gasket<br />

for longitudinal bearing of coverplate. For compartments wider than 13 inches an<br />

interrupted partition 6 inches long or a support stud shall be provided to maintain<br />

maximum deflection of 0.040 inches with a 200 lb. concentrating load. Partition shall<br />

be adjusted so that it bears against the underside of the coverplate when the final<br />

leveling is completed. At this time, partition shall be permanently tack welded<br />

together with 1/16 inch fillet welds 1inch long on 1 foot centers. Paint the welds with<br />

accepted protective paint.<br />

2.20 MANHOLES<br />

A. Concrete Strength: The design of concrete mixture shall be the responsibility of the<br />

contractor as set forth under ASTM Standard C-94 for ready-mixed concrete. The<br />

concrete produced shall have a concrete strength at 28 days which shall be not less<br />

that 2500 PSI.<br />

B. Concrete Slump: The slump when tested in accordance with ASTM Standard C-<br />

143, shall be not more than 3 inches for vibrated concrete and 4 inches for nonvibrated<br />

concrete. Ready-mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered to the project<br />

in accordance with ASTM Standard C-94, using Alternative No. 2 for the mix design.<br />

With each load of concrete delivered, the producer shall provide in duplicate before<br />

unloading at the site, delivery tickets of certification as required by ASTM C-94.<br />

C. Mixing Option: At contractor's option, concrete may be mixed by volume at the<br />

project site in an accepted type batch mixer in the manner specified for stationary<br />

mixers in ASTM Standard C-94. The portions of cement, aggregate and water shall<br />

be selected to provide the characteristics indicated below for the compressive<br />

strength specified. Conformance with the strength requirements shall be as<br />

determined in accordance with ASTM Standard C-39.<br />

1/27/12 16110-13 01405-060


D. Precast Option: Manholes may be of the precast type if accepted, submit drawings,<br />

calculations and necessary detail to determine acceptability.<br />

E. Brick: Brick used where indicated shall be sewer and manhole brick conforming to<br />

ASTM C-32, Grade MS.<br />

F. Mixture: Mortar shall be mixed in proportions of 1-part Portland Cement, -1/4-part<br />

hydrated lime and between 2-1/4 and 3 parts sand by volume. (At contractor's<br />

option, mortar may be mixed in the proportions of 1 part Portland Cement and<br />

between 4-1/2 and 6 parts of sand by volume).<br />

G. Structural: Reinforcing bars shall be deformed and comply with either of the<br />

following ASTM Standards: Billet Steel Bars A-615 or Rail Steel Bars A-616.<br />

H. Forming: Material for concrete forms shall be smooth boards exterior grade plywood<br />

or metal.<br />

I. Drainage: Drainage Pipe and Fittings shall be cast-iron, extra strength. Drains shall<br />

be plain pattern in accordance with Specification WM-P-541.<br />

J. Covers: Metal Frames, Covers and Gratings, except as indicated or specified<br />

otherwise, shall conform to Specification RR-F-621, and shall be of cast iron.<br />

Frames and covers of steel shall be welded by qualified welders in accordance with<br />

standard commercial practice. Steel covers shall be rolled steel floor plate having an<br />

accepted anti-slip surface. Steel gratings shall be of welded construction and<br />

conform to the applicable requirements of Specification RR-G-661, Type 1.<br />

K. Accessories: Pulling-in irons shall be steel bars bent in the form indicated, and cast<br />

in the walls and floors. In the floor, they shall be centered above or below, and<br />

opposite the conduits entering the manhole. Pulling-in irons shall be projected into<br />

the manhole approximately 4 inches. Irons shall be zinc-coated after fabrication in<br />

accordance with Specifications MIL-Z-17871. Cable Racks, including hooks and<br />

insulators, shall be installed in manhole and shall be sufficient to accommodate the<br />

present and future cables and shall be spaced not more than 18 inches apart<br />

horizontally. The wall bracket shall be Channel or T-Section steel. The hooks shall<br />

be of steel or malleable iron and shall be of the removable type. Insulators shall be<br />

dry-process glazed porcelain. The metal portion of racks shall be zinc-coated after<br />

fabrication in accordance with Specification MIL-Z-17871.<br />

2.21 SURFACE RACEWAY<br />

A. General: Provide a surface raceway system with raceway, boxes and appropriate<br />

fittings. Raceway shall be Wiremold V500 or equal.<br />

B. Wiring Channel: Metal raceway where specifically indicated on the contract<br />

drawings shall be Wiremold G4000 series, unless otherwise noted.<br />

C. Devices: Provide 20 ampere duplex receptacles 36 inches center-to-center unless<br />

otherwise noted.<br />

2.22 TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARDS<br />

A. Terminal Boards: Telephone Boards shall be 8 foot high and of the width shown<br />

unless otherwise noted. Terminal boards shall be 3/4 inch A/C grade exterior<br />

plywood painted light gray with fire resistant paint.<br />

1/27/12 16110-14 01405-060


B. Grounding: Each terminal board shall be provided with a #6 AWG bare copper<br />

conductor installed in 3/4 inch PVC conduit to the building service ground. Service<br />

ground attachment shall be made with an approved lug. Provide 6 foot excess<br />

ground conductor length at terminal board for connection to equipment.<br />

C. Terminal Board Raceways: Raceways at Terminal board locations shall be neatly<br />

racked on a Kindorf Type rack secured to wall above and below terminal boards.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.01 CONDUITS<br />

A. Unless noted otherwise, provide as a minimum 3/4 inch raceway from each of the<br />

following device locations to cable tray, j-hooks, or corridor ceiling cavity when cable<br />

tray, or j-hooks are not available. Provide insulated bushings at ends of all<br />

raceways.<br />

1. Telephone (1”C. min)<br />

2. Public Address/Music<br />

Computer System<br />

3. Nurse Call<br />

4. Dictation<br />

5. Psychological<br />

Monitoring<br />

6. Cable TV<br />

7. Code Blue<br />

8. CCTV<br />

9. DDC<br />

10. Data (1” C. min)<br />

11. Elevator Location Panel<br />

12. Security<br />

13. Intercom<br />

B. All fire alarm wiring shall be run in conduit.<br />

C. Provide plenum-rated cable for all systems conductors.<br />

D. All wiring above non-accessible ceilings shall be installed in raceways.<br />

3.02 TELEPHONE COMPANY COORDINATION<br />

A. Telephone Company: The Contractor shall notify the Telephone Company when the<br />

conduit system is being installed. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the<br />

Telephone Company as required.<br />

3.03 CABLE TV COMPANY COORDINATION<br />

A. Cable Television Company: The Contractor shall notify the Cable Television<br />

Company when the conduit system is being installed. The Contractor shall<br />

coordinate the work with the Cable Television Company as required.<br />

3.04 IDENTIFICATION OF BOXES<br />

A. Tags: During installation of pull strings all pull strings shall be marked with vinyl tags<br />

indicating where the opposite end may be found.<br />

3.05 BLANK PLATES<br />

A. Plates: Unless otherwise noted all outlet boxes shall receive blank plates matching<br />

the finish of plates on electrical devices in the same room.<br />

1/27/12 16110-15 01405-060


3.06 TRENCH DUCT INSTALLATION<br />

A. Flush Trench Duct: Examine area to receive floor-duct to assure adequate<br />

clearance for installation. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions are<br />

corrected. Make all connections complete from trenchduct to panels and equipment<br />

rooms and allied parts as indicated on the drawings.<br />

B. Trenchducts General: Trenchducts shall be accurately aligned and leveled.<br />

Concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate void areas and to assure a solid base under<br />

and alongside the trenchduct. Concrete poured to the height of trenchduct and care<br />

shall be taken that the concrete is finished level along both sides. Hand troweling<br />

shall be required on both sides of the trenchduct. Cooperate with the concrete<br />

installer to procure good workmanship where the concrete floor meets the<br />

trenchduct.<br />

C. Trenchduct Handling: After floor fill is in place coverplate shall be cleaned of any<br />

excess concrete. Covers on ends and in middle of trenchduct runs shall be removed<br />

24 to 36 hours after concrete is poured and left open for proper air circulation.<br />

Trenchduct shall be swabbed out and dried where moisture occurs. Keep material<br />

such as plaster, lumber, bricks, mortar, etc. off of trenchduct during construction.<br />

Before coverplates are set in place, trenchduct shall be vacuumed of foreign debris.<br />

Floor tile or carpet installer shall cement standard full tiles to coverplate.<br />

D. Trenchduct Installation: Install trenchduct according to manufacturer's written<br />

recommendations and NEC.<br />

3.07 UNDERFLOOR DUCT INSTALLATION<br />

A. Single Level Underfloor Duct General: Examine area to receive floor-duct to assure<br />

adequate clearance for installation. Start work only after unsatisfactory conditions<br />

are corrected. Make all connections complete from floor duct to panels and<br />

equipment rooms and allied parts as indicated on the drawings. Install floor duct<br />

according to manufacturer's written recommendations and NEC.<br />

B. Single Level Underfloor Duct Preparation: All of floor duct shall be accurately<br />

aligned and leveled. Concrete shall be vibrated to eliminate void areas and to<br />

assure a solid base under and around the floor duct. Coordinate and cooperate with<br />

the concrete installer to procure good workmanship where the concrete floor meets<br />

the floor duct.<br />

C. Underfloor Duct Cleaning: After floor fill is in place coverplate shall be cleaned of<br />

any excess concrete. Floor duct shall be swabbed out and dried where moisture<br />

occurs. Keep material such as plaster, lumber, bricks, mortar, etc., off of trenchduct<br />

during construction. Before coverplates are set in place, floor duct shall be<br />

vacuumed for foreign debris. Floor tile or carpet contractor shall cement standard<br />

full tiles to coverplate.<br />

3.08 MANHOLE INSTALLATION<br />

A. Excavation: Excavation for manhole shall be to depths indicated and of whatever<br />

substance encountered. Excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill<br />

shall be removed from the project site. Provide sheeting and shoring as necessary<br />

for protection of work and safety of personnel. Remove water from excavation by<br />

pumping or other accepted method. Backfilling around structures shall consist of<br />

earth, loam, sand-clay, or sand and gravel, free from large clods of earth or stones<br />

not over 1-inch in size. accepted backfill material shall be placed symmetrically on<br />

all sides in loose layers not more than 9 inches deep. Each layer shall be<br />

moistened, if necessary, and compacted with mechanical or hand tampers, surfaces<br />

1/27/12 16110-16 01405-060


disturbed during the installation of manholes, and handholes shall be restored to its<br />

original elevation and condition as herein specified for underground service lines.<br />

B. Finishing: Horizontal concrete surfaces of floors shall have a smooth trowel finish.<br />

Frames and covers shall be watertight and covers shall fit the frames without undue<br />

play. Steel and iron shall be formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles.<br />

Castings shall be free from warp and blow holes that may impair their strength or<br />

appearance. Exposed metal shall have a smooth finish and sharp lines arises.<br />

Provide all necessary lugs, rabbets and brackets. Set pulling-in irons and other builtin<br />

items in place before depositing concrete.<br />

C. Cleaning: After installation, cast-iron frames, covers and grating not buried in<br />

masonry shall be cleaned to the bare metal of mortar, rust, grease, dirt and other<br />

deleterious materials, and given a coat of bituminous paint. Steel frames and covers<br />

not buried in masonry shall be cleaned of mortar, dirt and grease by an accepted<br />

blasting method and shall be cleaned to bare metal. Surfaces contaminated with<br />

rust, dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants shall be washed with solvents until<br />

thoroughly clean. Immediately after cleaning, surface shall be coated with a coat of<br />

pretreatment coating conforming to specification MIL-P-15328 or be given a<br />

crystalline phosphate coating conforming to Specification TT-C-490, Method 1, as<br />

soon as practicable after the pretreatment coating has dried, treated surfaces shall<br />

be primed with a coat of zinc chromate primer conforming to Specification TT-P-645<br />

and one coat of synthetic gloss enamel conforming to Specification TT-E-489.<br />

D. Sealing: Caulking compound for the sealing of conduits, ducts and sleeves shall be<br />

of putty-like consistence workable with the hands at a temperature as low as 35<br />

degrees F., shall not slump at a temperature of 300 degrees F., and shall not harden<br />

materially when exposed to air. The compound shall readily caulk or adhere to clean<br />

surfaces of the following: Plastic conduit, concrete, masonry, sheaths of cables, and<br />

the common metals. The compound shall form a seal with the foregoing without<br />

dissolving, noticeably changing characteristics or removing any of the ingredients.<br />

The compound shall have no injurious effect upon the hands of workmen or upon the<br />

materials.<br />

E. Capping: All unused conduit openings shall be plugged or capped with a suitable<br />

device designed for the purpose. Caulking compound shall not be used for plugging<br />

conduit openings.<br />

3.09 RACEWAY INSTALLATION<br />

A. Support: All raceways shall be run in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be<br />

properly supported and in accordance with the latest edition of the NEC. Supporting<br />

conduit and boxes with wire is not acceptable. Exposed raceways where allowed,<br />

shall be supported with clamp fasteners with toggle bolt on hollow walls, and with<br />

lead expansion shields on masonry. All conduits shall be securely fastened in place<br />

with at least one support per eight foot section. Support within one foot of changes<br />

in direction. All required hangers, supports and fastenings shall be provided at each<br />

elbow and at no more than one foot from the end of each straight run terminating at<br />

a box or cabinet. The use of perforated iron for supporting conduits shall not be<br />

permitted. The required strength of the supporting equipment and size and type of<br />

anchors shall be based on the combined weight of conduit, hanger and cables.<br />

Horizontal and vertical conduit runs may be supported by one-hole malleable straps,<br />

clamp-backs, or other accepted devices with suitable bolts, expansion shields<br />

(where needed) or beam-clamps for mounting to building structure or special<br />

brackets.<br />

B. Hanger Installation: Where 2 or more raceways 1 inch or larger run parallel trapeze<br />

hangers may be used consisting of concrete inserts, threaded solid rods, washers,<br />

nuts and galvanized "L" angle iron, or Unistrut cross members. These raceways<br />

shall be individually fastened to the cross member of every other trapeze hanger with<br />

1/27/12 16110-17 01405-060


galvanized cast one hole straps, clamp backs, bolted with proper size cadmium<br />

machine bolts, washers and nuts. If adjustable trapeze hangers are used to support<br />

groups of parallel conduits, U-bolt type clamps shall be used at the end of a raceway<br />

run and at each elbow. J-bolts, or approved clamps, shall be installed on each third<br />

intermediate trapeze hanger to fasten each raceway.<br />

C. Sealant: Provide a closed cell silicone foam sealant rated to provide a rating equal<br />

to the wall, ceiling, or floor assembly rating. Provide seals for the exterior of conduit<br />

penetrations consisting of a cast-in-place sleeve with a compressible rubber gasket<br />

between the conduit and the sleeve. Provide seals for the interior of the conduit<br />

penetrations consisting of gland type sealing bushing or closed cell silicone foam.<br />

Provide duct seal inside an appropriate seal-off fitting to seal the interior of the<br />

conduit system from water seepage or hazardous gases.<br />

D. Routing: Raceways shall be run parallel to building walls wherever possible,<br />

exposed or concealed as specified, and shall be grouped in workmanlike fashion.<br />

Crisscrossing of conduits shall be minimized.<br />

E. Location: All raceways except those from surface-mounted switches, outlet boxes or<br />

panels shall be run concealed from view. Surface mounted devices and equipment<br />

shall be specifically noted on the contract drawings. It is the intent that all raceways<br />

shall be run concealed unless specifically noted.<br />

F. Protection: All raceway runs, whether terminated in boxes or not, shall be capped<br />

during the course of construction until wires are pulled in and covers are in place.<br />

No conductors shall be pulled into raceways until the raceway system is complete.<br />

G. Coordination: All raceways shall be kept clear of mechanical equipment and<br />

plumbing fixtures to facilitate future repair or replacement of said fixtures without<br />

disturbing wiring. Except where it is necessary for control purposes, all raceways<br />

shall be kept away from items producing heat.<br />

H. Masonry Installation: All raceway runs in masonry shall be installed at the same time<br />

as the masonry so that no face cutting is required, except to accommodate boxes.<br />

I. Arrangement: All raceways shall be run connecting outlet to circuits generally as<br />

shown on the drawings. Provide circuit connection arrangement shown. Actual final<br />

arrangement shall be in accordance with the record drawings section as specified<br />

herein.<br />

J. Grounding: All branch circuit and feeder raceways shall have a copper system<br />

ground conductor within the conduit throughout the entire length of the circuit. All<br />

conduit shall be electrically continuous to establish redundant grounding.<br />

1. Branch circuit raceways shall have an insulated equipment grounding<br />

conductor installed within the conduit raceway system.<br />

2. Grounding conductor shall be included in total conduit fill determining conduit<br />

sizes, even though not shown on drawings.<br />

3. Grounding conductors run with feeders may be bare.<br />

4. Grounding conductors run with normal and essential electrical system feeders<br />

serving patient care area shall be bonded to portions of raceway that are<br />

metal by listed grounding bushings.<br />

K. Empty Raceways: Raceways which do not have conductors provided under this<br />

Division of the specifications shall be left with an acceptable nylon pullcord in<br />

raceway.<br />

L. Manufacturer: Rigid Metallic Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, Flexible Steel<br />

Conduit, Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit, and PVC Conduit shall be manufactured<br />

within the United States, and each shall be as manufactured by one manufacturer.<br />

1/27/12 16110-18 01405-060


M. Roof Installation: Raceway installations on roofs shall be kept to a bare minimum.<br />

Raceway shall be supported above roof at least 6 inches using approved raceway<br />

supporting devices. Supports shall be fastened to roof using roofing adhesive as<br />

specified in other sections of this specification.<br />

N. Firewall Installation: Provide pullboxes, junction boxes, fire barrier at fire rated walls<br />

etc., as required by NEC Article 300 where required.<br />

O. Dissimilar Metals: Avoid the use of dissimilar metals to reduce the possibility of<br />

electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat all surfaces with corrosion<br />

inhibiting compound before assembling.<br />

P. Sealoff Fittings: Provide raceway sealoffs wherever the raceway system enters a<br />

hazardous or wet area or areas of drastic temperature change such as coolers,<br />

freezers, etc. as required.<br />

Q. Identification: Provide appropriate identification as required by codes and as<br />

indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the methods specified herein.<br />

R. Anchors: Raceways shall be anchored down to prevent floating while pouring in<br />

concrete.<br />

3.10 SITE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT INSTALLATION<br />

A. General: All underground raceways (with exception of raceways installed under floor<br />

slab) shall be installed in accordance with Section 300-5 of the NEC except that the<br />

minimum cover for any raceway or duct bank shall be two feet, unless otherwise<br />

indicated.<br />

B. Stubs: Spare raceway stubs shall be capped and accurately dimensioned on as-built<br />

drawings.<br />

C. Separation: All raceways run underground, or stubbed above floor shall be<br />

separated with plastic interlocking spacers manufactured specifically for this<br />

purpose, or shall be strapped to Kindorf channel supported by raceway driven into<br />

ground or tied to steel.<br />

D. Coating: Rigid metallic conduit installed underground shall be coated with<br />

waterproofing black mastic before installation, and all joints shall be recoated after<br />

installation.<br />

3.11 RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT<br />

A. Locknuts: Rigid steel box connections shall be made with double locknuts and<br />

bushings. Turn down on threads to solidly connect raceway to box or enclosure.<br />

B. Bushings: Grounded insulated bushings shall be used on all rigid steel conduits<br />

terminating in panels, wire gutters, or cabinets in accordance with NEC 517.<br />

Bushing shall be impact resistant plastic molded in an irregular shape at the top to<br />

provide smooth insulating surface at top and inner edge. Material in these bushings<br />

must not melt or support flame.<br />

3.12 PVC RACEWAYS<br />

A. Restricted Location: PVC raceways shall not be used in any patient care areas or for<br />

any essential electrical system feeders. PVC shall be used for lightning protection<br />

down conductors and grounding electrode raceways.<br />

1/27/12 16110-19 01405-060


B. Floor Penetrations Exposed: Where PVC penetrates a floor in an exposed location<br />

from underground or in slab, a black mastic coated steel conduit elbow shall be<br />

used.<br />

C. Location: No PVC shall be allowed anywhere except underground or in slab, with<br />

the exception that PVC conduit may be used in non-fire rated poured block walls and<br />

poured in place columns.<br />

D. Floor Penetrations in Block: PVC may also be used for penetrations of floor into<br />

concrete block or hollow walls up to first outlet box provided outlet box is at a<br />

maximum height of 48 inches above finished floor.<br />

E. Ground Conductor Installation: All individual bare copper ground conductors (i.e.<br />

service, transformer, or lightning protection grounds) shall be installed in PVC<br />

raceway.<br />

F. Joints: PVC joints shall be solvent welded. Threads shall not be permitted on PVC<br />

raceway and fittings, except for rigid steel to PVC couplings. Installation of PVC<br />

raceway shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.<br />

G. Restrict Support: PVC raceway shall not be used to support fixture or equipment.<br />

H. Bends: Field bends shall be made with an approved hotbox. Heating with flame and<br />

hand held dryers are prohibited.<br />

FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS<br />

I. Vibrating Equipment Connection: All connections to motors or other vibrating<br />

equipment (except dry type transformers) or at other locations where required shall<br />

be made with not less than 12 inches of flexible liquid-tight steel conduit, using<br />

special type of connectors with strain relief fittings at both terminations of conduit,<br />

Kellems Type 074-09 Series or accepted substitution.<br />

J. Normal Type: Flex connectors shall have insulated throat and shall be T & B 3100<br />

Series or accepted substitution.<br />

K. Angle Type: Use angle connectors wherever necessary to relieve angle strain on<br />

flex conduit.<br />

L. Transformer Connection: Connections to dry type transformers shall be made with<br />

flexible conduit.<br />

3.13 EXPANSION FITTINGS<br />

A. Installation: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run wherever it crosses an<br />

expansion joint. Install the fitting on one side of the joint with its sliding sleeve end<br />

flush with joint, and with a length of bonding jumper in expansion equal to at least<br />

three times the normal width of joints.<br />

B. Location: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run which is mechanically<br />

attached to separate structures to relieve strain caused by shift on one structure in<br />

relation to the other.<br />

C. Length: Provide expansion fittings in straight raceway runs above ground which are<br />

more than one hundred feet long.<br />

3.14 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING<br />

1/27/12 16110-20 01405-060


A. Location: Install Electrical Metallic Tubing (thin wall) inside buildings, above the<br />

ground floor where not subject to mechanical injury.<br />

B. Handling: All cut ends shall be reamed to remove rough edges.<br />

3.15 CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION<br />

A. Inspection: Examine area for clearances, to allow proper installation of the tray<br />

according to the routing indicated on the drawings. Check existing building steel and<br />

other supporting structures to establish the type of tray hangers to be used and at<br />

the proper spans. Consult the field engineer for questionable areas or conflicts.<br />

B. Installation Criteria: Install cable tray in accordance with manufacturer's data, written<br />

instructions, NEC, NEMA and as specified herein.<br />

C. Support: Cable tray support shall be by means of welded angle brackets to<br />

structural components, or trapeze type supports using mill-galvanized steel channel<br />

1-5/8 inch square (similar to "Kindorf" or "Unistrut") with slots, 1/2 inch threaded<br />

rods, nuts, washers, beam clamps and "clip" angle (where necessary) welded to<br />

building steel to provide the means for beam clamp attachment.<br />

D. Distance Separation: The vertical distance between multi-layer trays, (where called<br />

for on drawings) rung to rung, or to the bottom of the tray, shall be 18 inches, except<br />

where noted otherwise on the drawings. At least one side of each tray shall be<br />

accessible.<br />

E. Securing Cables: Where ladder type tray is used, all cables within trays shall be<br />

secured to the rungs on 6 foot maximum centers. Vertical runs and bends shall be<br />

secured on 3 foot maximum spacing.<br />

F. Tie Raps: Tie downs shall be as manufactured by Thomas & Betts self-locking "Ty-<br />

Rap" with sizes as required, or as accepted by the Engineer.<br />

G. Grounding: All cable trays shall be grounded in accordance with the National<br />

Electric Code, and/or as shown on drawings.<br />

H. Coordination: Wherever possible, install horizontal cable trays above water and<br />

steam piping. Coordinate installation of tray with other trades for clearances, to avoid<br />

conflicts.<br />

I. Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawing of proposed cable tray installation to Division<br />

15 for coordination.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1/27/12 16110-21 01405-060


SECTION 16720<br />

ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and<br />

Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of<br />

this section.<br />

B. Section 16721 Fire Alarm System Replacement.<br />

1.02 SECTION INCLUDES<br />

A. This specification provides the requirements for the installation, programming<br />

and configuration of a complete Addressable Intelligent Fire Alarm System.<br />

The system shall include, but not limited to: Fire Alarm Control Panel(s), Automatic and<br />

Manually Activated Voice Evacuation Alarm Subsystem with Firefighter Telephone<br />

Communications, Automatic and Manually activated alarm Initiating and Indicating<br />

Peripheral Devices and Appliances, raceway, wire and accessories required to furnish a<br />

complete and operational Fire Alarm System.<br />

B. This specification provides the requirements for the connection to and extension<br />

of the existing building’s fire alarm system to form a complete addressable<br />

intelligent fire alarm system.<br />

The system shall include but not limited to: Fire Alarm Control Panel(s), Automatic and<br />

Manually Activated Voice Evacuation Alarm Subsystem with Firefighter Telephone<br />

Communications, Automatic and Manually activated alarm Initiating and Indicating<br />

Peripheral Devices and Appliances, raceway, wire and accessories required to furnish a<br />

complete and operational Fire Alarm System.<br />

1.03 UNIT PRICES<br />

A. Provide a unit price list for the installation and programming of the following fire<br />

alarm components, including cabling and raceways. The unit price list shall<br />

include the following:<br />

1. Manual Pull Station of each Type in Project.<br />

2. Audio/Visual Devices of each Type in Project.<br />

3. Strobes of each Type in Project.<br />

4. Smoke Detectors of each Type in Project.<br />

5. Duct Detectors inclusive of Remote Indicators.<br />

1.04 REFERENCES<br />

1/27/12 16720-1 01405-060


A. The equipment and installation shall comply with the provisions of the following<br />

standards:<br />

1. National Electric Code (NFPA 70).<br />

2. National Fire Protection Association Standards:<br />

a. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code<br />

b. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code<br />

c. NFPA 90A Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and<br />

Ventilating Systems<br />

3. Local and State Building Codes.<br />

a. Florida Fire Prevention Code<br />

b. Florida Building Code<br />

c. State Elevator Code<br />

4. Local Authorities Having Jurisdiction.<br />

5. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.<br />

6. The system and all components shall be listed by Underwriters<br />

Laboratories Inc. for use in fire protective signaling system.<br />

7. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and State Equivalents.<br />

1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION<br />

A. The Fire Alarm System supplied under this specification shall be a<br />

microprocessor-based system. All Control Panel Assemblies and connected<br />

Field Appliances shall be tested and cross-listed as compatible to ensure that a<br />

fully functioning Fire Alarm System is installed.<br />

1.06 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be complete showing all wiring diagrams<br />

and point to point connections required for this project. The point to point<br />

connections shall be indicated on drawings showing routing of raceways,<br />

connections, components, and conductor quantities and types. The Contractor<br />

shall apply his company name, address, telephone number, etc. Computer CAD<br />

drawings are required.<br />

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s standard catalog data on all components<br />

and sub-systems. Product data shall be submitted showing manufacturer’s<br />

written recommendations for storage and protection, and installation instructions.<br />

Manufacturer’s product data shall be submitted for all system equipment<br />

including;<br />

1. Application Information<br />

2. Dimensions<br />

3. Listing Agency File<br />

4. Wiring Diagrams<br />

5. Installation Information<br />

6. Battery Calculations<br />

1/27/12 16720-2 01405-060


7. Circuit Load and Voltage Drop Calculations<br />

C. Annual Inspections: The Contractor shall provide hourly Service Rates and<br />

Semi-Annual inspection prices, performed by a factory trained and authorized<br />

personnel, for this installation with the Shop Drawing submittal. Proof of training<br />

and authorization of the servicing personnel shall be included in the submittal.<br />

The hourly service rates shall be guaranteed for a one-year period unless<br />

otherwise specified.<br />

D. Close-out Submittals: Four (4) copies of the following Manual shall be delivered<br />

to the Building Owner's representative at the time of system acceptance. The<br />

close out submittals shall include:<br />

1. Operating manuals covering the installed Fire Alarm System.<br />

2. Point to Point diagrams of the entire Fire Alarm System as installed. This<br />

shall include all connected Smoke Detectors and addressable field<br />

modules. All drawings shall be provided in CAD and supplied in standard<br />

.dxf format. Vellum plots of each sheet shall also be provided. A systemgenerated<br />

point to point diagram is required to ensure accuracy.<br />

3. The application program listing for the system as installed at the time of<br />

acceptance by the building owner and/or Local AHJ (Disk and Hard copy<br />

printout).<br />

4. Name, address and telephone of the authorized factory representative.<br />

5. All drawings must reflect device address and programmed characteristics<br />

as verified in the presence of the engineer and/or the end user unless<br />

device addressing is electronically generated, and graphically printed.<br />

6. Certificate of Training<br />

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />

A. Qualifications: Provide proof of qualifications as Factory Authorized and Factory<br />

Trained for the product(s) specified herein. These qualification credentials shall<br />

not be more than two years old, to ensure up-to-date product and application<br />

knowledge on the part of the installing firm. Only a factory-trained and certified<br />

technician shall program the system. Provide proof of certification of<br />

programmer within submittal.<br />

B. Warranty Period: The Contractor shall provide warranty service at no additional<br />

cost to the Owner for a period of 12 months from the date of substantial<br />

completion of the installation.<br />

C. A copy of the manufacturers’ warranty shall be provided with closeout<br />

documentation and included with the operation and installation manuals.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. Equipment: All equipment furnished for this project shall be new and unused. All<br />

components and systems shall be designed for uninterrupted duty. All<br />

1/27/12 16720-3 01405-060


equipment, materials, accessories, devices, and other facilities covered by this<br />

specification or noted on contract drawings and installation specifications shall be<br />

the best suited for the intended use and shall be provided by a single<br />

manufacturer. If any of the equipment provided under this Specification is<br />

provided by different manufacturers, then that equipment shall be recognized as<br />

compatible by both manufacturers, and “Listed” as such by Underwriters’<br />

Laboratories.<br />

B. Demonstration: System installation and operations shall be verified by the<br />

manufacturer’s representative and a verification certificate presented upon<br />

completion. The manufacturer’s representative shall be responsible for an onsite<br />

demonstration of the operation of the system and initial staff training as<br />

required by the Architect and/or Engineer. This Demonstration shall be a<br />

requirement to obtain the Substantial Completion Notification.<br />

2.02 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. Manufacturers: Firms shall be regularly engaged in manufacture of equipment<br />

types and service required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in<br />

similar service for not less than five years.<br />

B. Service Availability: The supplier shall have sufficient stock on hand and have a<br />

fully equipped service organization capable of guaranteeing response time within<br />

8 hours of service calls, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to service completed<br />

systems.<br />

C. Approved Manufacturers: EST, Siemens, Simplex/Grinnell, Notifier or Johnson<br />

Controls.<br />

2.03 EQUIPMENT<br />

A. Processor Based: The Fire Alarm System shall be a completely addressable,<br />

micro-processor based system.<br />

B. Operations: The System shall include all required hardware and system<br />

programming to provide a complete and operational system, capable of providing<br />

the protected premises with the following functions and operations:<br />

1. Modular systems design, to allow maximum flexibility of the system with a<br />

minimum physical size requirement.<br />

2. Audio Paging and Emergency Evacuation subsystem with fully digitized<br />

and multiplexed audio. The system shall not require mechanical<br />

potentiometers to make adjustment of audio levels within the system.<br />

3. All System operational software shall be stored in non-volatile memory.<br />

Control Panel disassembly, and replacement of electronic components of<br />

any kind shall not be required in order to upgrade the operations of the<br />

installed system to conform to future application code and operating<br />

system changes.<br />

C. Expansion: Provide empty space to provide capacity to allow for a 10% system<br />

growth.<br />

1/27/12 16720-4 01405-060


D. Existing Points: The system shall be capable of assuming control of the existing<br />

fire alarm panels and providing capture of the existing fire alarm remote<br />

annunciator and alarm points. The captured existing points, as well as new and<br />

future points, shall be displayed on the annunciator and printers. The system<br />

shall be capable of communicating with, and assuming control of, additional field<br />

panels when expansion is required or desired.<br />

E. Power Supply: The FACP shall be equipped with an internal 24 VDC power<br />

supply and have battery back-up function. The system power shall be<br />

supervised and it’s failure indicated by an audible and visual trouble alarm.<br />

Provide low voltage DC power supply modules to provide filtered power for all<br />

system modules and system devices. Provide over-current devices for protection<br />

of system components. Provide status devices for normal power, power supply<br />

trouble and battery fuse trouble. The power supply modules shall supervise the<br />

loss of AC, loss of DC and low DC output. Provide the required quantity of power<br />

supplies to adequately supply power.<br />

1. Provide secondary standby power system from the system battery set as<br />

described with 60-hour capacity followed by 20 minutes of alarm with<br />

rechargeable (24 VDC) gel cell type battery and enclosure.<br />

2. Provide secondary standby power system from the system battery set as<br />

described with sufficient capacity to operate system for 24 hours standby<br />

then 10 minutes in alarm with rechargeable (24 VDC) gel cell type battery<br />

and enclosure.<br />

3. Provide Secondary Standby Power system from the system battery set as<br />

described with 4 hour capacity followed by 5 minutes of alarm with<br />

rechargeable (24 VDC) gel cell type battery and enclosure. Provide a<br />

separate independent battery system to power trouble signals. The<br />

primary battery system may not be used for powering of trouble signals.<br />

4. Provide a separate independent battery system to power trouble signals.<br />

The primary battery system may not be used for powering of trouble<br />

signals.<br />

2.04 USER INTERFACE<br />

A. System Common Controls and User Interface: The Fire Alarm System shall<br />

include an Operators’ Interface Panel that shall include the following system<br />

annunciation and control functions as specified herein:<br />

B. System Annunciation and Control Functions:<br />

1. Hands Free Emergency Operation. The first and last highest priority<br />

event on the system shall be displayed automatically and simultaneously.<br />

2. Control Panel Internal Audible Signal shall have three programmable<br />

signal patterns, to allow for the easy differentiation between Alarm,<br />

Supervisory, and Trouble conditions within the installed system.<br />

1/27/12 16720-5 01405-060


C. “System Status” LEDs:<br />

1. Power Status LED.<br />

2. Test Status LED.<br />

3. CPU Fail Status LED.<br />

4. Ground Fault Status LED.<br />

5. Disable Status LED.<br />

D. Common Control Switches with Associated Status LEDs:<br />

1. Reset: Depression of the Reset Switch starts the system-reset operation.<br />

2. Alarm Silence: Depression of the Alarm Silence Switch shall turn off all<br />

(audible and/or visible) Notification Appliance Circuits.<br />

3. Panel Silence: Depression of the Panel Silence Switch shall turn off the<br />

systems’ internal audible signal when configured as a ‘local’ system.<br />

4. Drill Switch / LED: Depressing the DRILL switch activates the fire drill<br />

function.<br />

E. Liquid Crystal Display: The Liquid Crystal display shall provide the means to<br />

inform the System Operator with detailed information about the off-normal status<br />

of the installed Fire Alarm System. The Main Display shall automatically respond<br />

to the status of the system, and shall display that status on minimum of 160<br />

character backlit alphanumeric Graphical Liquid Crystal Display.<br />

F. Automatic Functions: The following status functions shall be annunciated by the<br />

Main Liquid Crystal Display:<br />

1. When the Fire Alarm System is in the “Normal” Mode, the LCD displays:<br />

a. The current Date and Time.<br />

b. A Custom System Title.<br />

c. A summary total of the Alarm History of the system.<br />

2. With the Fire Alarm System in the Alarm Mode, the LCD shall<br />

automatically reconfigure into four windows or screens.<br />

a. Systems Status Window: The LCD shall show the system time,<br />

and the number of active points and disabled points in the system in<br />

this section of the LCD Display.<br />

b. Current Event Window: The LCD shall show the first active event<br />

of the highest priority in reverse text to highlight the condition to the<br />

Emergency Operator.<br />

c. Last Event Window: The LCD shall show the most recent, highest<br />

priority event received by the system.<br />

d. Type Status Window: The LCD shall show the total number of<br />

active events in the system, by event type. There shall be four<br />

different System Event Types that shall be displayed “Alarm Events”,<br />

“Supervisory Events”, and “Active Trouble Events”.<br />

1/27/12 16720-6 01405-060


G. Maintenance Menu: The Main LCD shall also allow the System Operator to<br />

access system maintenance functions through a four level password system.<br />

The authorized System Operator shall be able to access the following functions:<br />

1. System Status<br />

2. <strong>Report</strong>s:<br />

a. The system shall provide the operator with system reports that<br />

give detailed description of the status of certain system parameters for<br />

corrective action, or for preventative maintenance programs. The<br />

system shall provide these reports via the Main LCD, and shall be<br />

capable of being printed on any of the connected system printers.<br />

(1) The system shall provide a report that gives a sensitivity listing of all<br />

detectors that have less than 75% environmental compensation<br />

remaining.<br />

(2) The system shall provide a report that provides a sensitivity listing of<br />

any particular detector.<br />

(3) The system shall provide a report that gives a listing of the sensitivity of<br />

all of the detectors on any given panel in the system, or any given SDC<br />

loop within any given panel.<br />

(4) The system shall provide a report that gives a chronological listing of at<br />

least the last 1500 system events.<br />

(5) The system shall provide a listing of all of the firmware revision listings<br />

for all of the installed network components in the system.<br />

3. Program: The system shall allow the authorized operator to perform<br />

all of the following system functions:<br />

a. Set the System Time<br />

b. Set the System Date<br />

c. Set (Change) the System Passwords.<br />

d. Restart the System.<br />

e. Set the Dates for the System Holiday Schedule.<br />

f. Clear the Chronological System History File.<br />

4. Test: The system shall allow the authorized operator to perform test<br />

functions within the installed system. Test functions shall be defined by<br />

the authorized operator to be performed on a per cabinet, circuit, or<br />

service group basis.<br />

2.05 REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS<br />

A. General: Each remote panel in the installed system shall include remote Control<br />

and Display Annunciators. These annunciators shall have integral membrane<br />

style, tactile push-button control switches for the control of system functions, and<br />

LCD to display same alarms and functions as main control panel. The remote<br />

annunciators shall provide the system with individual alarm and trouble<br />

annunciation per zone and / or device with zone and / or device disable.<br />

B. Locations: Provide remote annunciators at building’s main entrance at locations<br />

designated by the Fire Marshall.<br />

1/27/12 16720-7 01405-060


2.06 SYSTEM PRINTERS<br />

A. Printer: Provide an event and status printer. Printer parameters shall be set up<br />

with a menu drive program in the printer. The serial printer shall support short<br />

haul modems or Fiber-Optics modules. The printers shall list the time, date,<br />

type, and user-defined message for each event printed. It shall be possible to<br />

support multiple printers per CPU. It shall be possible to define which event<br />

types are sent to the printer(s) including alarm, supervisory, trouble, monitor, and<br />

service groups.<br />

B. Power: The printer shall be powered from 115 VAC.<br />

2.07 INTEGRATED AUDIO<br />

A. Integrated Audio: The Fire Alarm System shall incorporate a true digital<br />

integrated audio system into the network, multiplexing 8 independent audio<br />

channels. The system shall include distributed Audio Amplifiers, one for each<br />

speaker circuit.<br />

B. Temporal Tone: The system shall provide a local temporal back up tone at each<br />

amplifier to allow evacuation signals to be broadcast in the protected premises in<br />

the event of a loss of data communication from the multiplexed audio riser.<br />

C. Digital Message Unit: A Digital Message Unit shall be provided which provides<br />

up to 32 minutes of pre-recorded emergency messaging. The message<br />

contained in the fully digital message unit shall be recordable in the field on a<br />

computer.<br />

D. Audio Source Unit:<br />

1. The Fire Alarm System shall be provided with a fully integrated<br />

Emergency Communications System. The Emergency Communications<br />

System shall include a paging microphone, digital message playback unit,<br />

and 8 fully digitized and multiplexed Audio Channels. Four dedicated<br />

page mode control switches shall provide the emergency operator with<br />

instantaneous one touch paging to safely control the staged evacuation of<br />

building occupants. Automatic programming shall dynamically group the<br />

most frequently targeted paging zones.<br />

a. The “All Call” switch will direct the manual page to the entire<br />

facility.<br />

b. The “ Page to Evac” switch will direct the manual page to those<br />

building areas automatically receiving the Evacuation Signal.<br />

c. The “Page to Alert” switch will direct the manual page to those<br />

building areas automatically receiving the Alert Signal.<br />

d. The “All Call Minus” switch will direct the manual page to those<br />

building areas that are programmed to receive the auxiliary and<br />

general channel connections such as stairwells.<br />

2. The system shall have paging control switches and LEDs to support<br />

specific zone selection as shown on the plans. The zone control /<br />

displays shall confirm amplifier selection and annunciate amplifier and<br />

amplifier circuit trouble.<br />

1/27/12 16720-8 01405-060


3. The system shall automatically deliver a preannounce tone of 1000 Hz for<br />

three seconds when the emergency operator presses the microphone talk<br />

key. A ‘ready to page’ LED shall flash during the preannounce and turn<br />

steady when the system is ready for the user’s page delivery.<br />

4. The system shall include a page deactivation timer that activates for 3<br />

seconds when the emergency users release the microphone talk key.<br />

Should the user subsequently press the microphone key during the<br />

deactivation period a page can be delivered immediately. Should the<br />

timer complete its cycle the system shall automatically restore emergency<br />

signaling and any subsequent paging will be preceded by the preannounce<br />

tone. A VU display shall display voice level to the emergency<br />

operator.<br />

E. Audio Amplifiers:<br />

1. Each audio power amplifier shall have integral audio signal demultiplexers,<br />

allowing the amplifier to select any one of eight digitized<br />

audio channels. The channel selection shall be directed by the system<br />

software.<br />

2. Each amplifier output shall include a dedicated, supervised 25/70 Vrms<br />

speaker circuit that is suitable for connection of emergency speaker<br />

appliances. Each amplifier shall also include a notification appliance<br />

circuit rated at 24Vdc @ 3.5A for connection of visible (strobe)<br />

appliances. This circuit shall be fully programmable and it shall be<br />

possible to define the circuit for the support of audible, visible, or ancillary<br />

devices.<br />

3. Standby Audio amplifiers shall be provided that automatically sense the<br />

failure of a primary amplifier, and automatically program themselves to<br />

select and de-multiplex the same audio information channel of the failed<br />

primary amplifier, and fully replace the function of the failed amplifier.<br />

4. In the event of a total loss of audio data communications, all amplifiers<br />

will default to the local “EVAC” tone generator channel. If the local panel<br />

has an alarm condition, then all amplifiers will sound the EVAC signal on<br />

their connected speaker circuits.<br />

5. In the event of a loss of the fully digitized, multiplexed audio riser, the<br />

audio amplifiers shall automatically default to an internally generated<br />

alarm tone that shall be operated at a 3-3-3 temporal pattern.<br />

6. Audio amplifiers shall automatically detect a short circuit condition on the<br />

connected speaker circuit wiring, and shall inhibit itself from driving into<br />

that short circuit condition.<br />

F. Fire Fighters’ Telephone System:<br />

1. The Fire Alarm System shall provide a fully integrated Fire Fighters’<br />

Emergency Telephone and Communications System. A Master<br />

Telephone handset shall be provided which will provide a totally<br />

independent 2-way communication between the Fire Alarm Control Panel<br />

and any of the Fire Fighters’ Telephone Stations or Portable Telephone<br />

jacks located as indicated on the plans for the building.<br />

1/27/12 16720-9 01405-060


2. The Fire Fighters’ Telephone System shall include an 8-line LCD to show<br />

the operator the identity and location of up to 20 waiting calls. The LCD<br />

will display call-in information in full language, without the need for<br />

individual LEDs and switches per telephone station or jack. The user<br />

shall connect a call by pressing the ‘connect’ switch.<br />

3. The LCD shall display up to 5 connected calls simultaneously. Up to 5<br />

telephones may be connected on a conference type call.<br />

4. To terminate a call, the operator shall scroll the display cursor over the<br />

connected callers’ ID message, and press the ‘disconnect’ switch.<br />

5. Provide remote red telephone hand sets housed within a locked enclosure. Clearly<br />

mark the housing with "fire fighters telephone" in large letters for easy identification.<br />

Provide flush or surface mounting as shown on the plans.<br />

6. Provide telephone jack receptacles with stainless steel plates clearly<br />

identified with "fire fighters telephone" for use with portable fire fighter<br />

telephone hand sets as shown on the plans.<br />

2.08 AUTOMATIC INITIATING DEVICES<br />

A. Fixed Temperature Heat Detector: Provide intelligent fixed temperature heat<br />

detectors. The heat detector shall have a low mass thermistor heat sensor and<br />

operate at a fixed temperature. It shall continually monitor the temperature of the<br />

air in its surroundings to minimize thermal lag to the time required to process an<br />

alarm. The integral microprocessor shall determine if an alarm condition exists<br />

and initiate an alarm based on the analysis of the data. Systems using central<br />

intelligence for alarm decisions shall not be acceptable. The heat detector shall<br />

have a nominal alarm point rating of 135°F (57°F).<br />

B. Fixed Temperature/Rate of Rise Heat Detector: Provide intelligent combination<br />

fixed temperature/rate-of-rise heat detectors. The heat detector shall have a low<br />

mass thermistor heat sensor and operate a fixed temperature and at a<br />

temperature rate-of-rise. It shall continually monitor the temperature of the air in<br />

its surroundings to minimize thermal lag to the time required to process an alarm.<br />

The integral microprocessor shall determine if an alarm condition exists and<br />

initiate an alarm based on the analysis of the data. Systems using central<br />

intelligence for alarm decisions shall not be acceptable. The intelligent heat<br />

detector shall have a nominal fixed temperature alarm point rating of 135°F<br />

(57°F) and a rate-of-rise alarm point of 15°F(9°FC) per minute.<br />

C. Explosion Proof/Moisture Proof Heat Detectors: Provide explosion<br />

proof/moisture proof heat detectors rated at 15°F (9°C) per minute rate-of-rise<br />

and 135°F (57°C) fixed temperature.<br />

D. Ionization Smoke Detector<br />

1/27/12 16720-10 01405-060


1. Provide intelligent ionization smoke detectors. The analog ionization<br />

detector shall utilize a unipolar ionization smoke sensor to sense changes<br />

in air samples from its surroundings. The integral microprocessor shall<br />

dynamically examine values from the sensor and initiate an alarm based<br />

on the analysis of data. Systems using central intelligence for alarm<br />

decisions shall not be acceptable. The detector shall continually monitor<br />

any changes in sensitivity due to the environmental affects of dirt, smoke,<br />

temperature, aging and humidity. The information shall be stored in the<br />

integral processor and transferred to the analog loop controller for<br />

retrieval using a laptop PC. The ion detector shall be rated for ceiling<br />

installation at a minimum of 30 feet (9.1m) centers and be suitable for wall<br />

mount applications. The ion smoke detector shall be rated for operation<br />

in constant air velocities from 0 to 75 ft/min. (0-0.38 m/sec) and with<br />

intermittent air gusts up to 300 ft/min. (1.52m/sec) for up to 1 hours.<br />

2. The percent smoke obscuration per foot alarm set point shall be field<br />

selectable to any of five sensitivity settings ranging from 0.7% to 1.6%.<br />

The ion detector shall be suitable for operation in the following<br />

environment:<br />

a. Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C)<br />

b. Humidity: 0-93% RH, non-condensing<br />

c. Elevation: No limit<br />

E. Photoelectric Smoke Detector<br />

1. Provide intelligent photoelectric smoke detectors. The analog<br />

photoelectric detector shall utilize a light scattering type photoelectric<br />

smoke sensor to sense changes in air samples from its surroundings.<br />

The integral microprocessor shall dynamically examine values from the<br />

sensor and initiate an alarm based on the analysis of data. Systems<br />

using central intelligence for alarm decisions shall not be acceptable. The<br />

detector shall continually monitor any changes in sensitivity due to the<br />

environmental affects of dirt, smoke, temperature, aging and humidity.<br />

The information shall be stored in the integral processor and transferred<br />